SYNTHETIC INDUSTRIES INC
S-1, 1996-08-01
TEXTILE MILL PRODUCTS
Previous: MERIDIAN INSURANCE GROUP INC, 10-Q, 1996-08-01
Next: FIRST TRUST COMBINED SERIES 13, 485BPOS, 1996-08-01



<PAGE>   1

 
 
 
     As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 1, 1996
                                                           REGISTRATION NO. 333-
================================================================================

                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

                         ------------------------------

                                    FORM S-1
                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                     UNDER
                           THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

                         ------------------------------

                           SYNTHETIC INDUSTRIES, INC.
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

                         ------------------------------

<TABLE>
   <S>                                    <C>                                                <C>
               DELAWARE                                       2221                              58-1049400
   (State or other jurisdiction of        (Primary Standard Industrial Classification        (I.R.S. Employer
    incorporation or organization)                        Code Number)                        Identification
                                                                                                  number)
</TABLE>
                         ------------------------------

                               309 LAFAYETTE ROAD
                           CHICKAMAUGA, GEORGIA 30707
                                 (706) 375-3121
  (Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of
                   registrant's principal executive offices)

                         ------------------------------

                                 LEONARD CHILL
                     PRESIDENT AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
                           SYNTHETIC INDUSTRIES, INC.
                               309 LAFAYETTE ROAD
                           CHICKAMAUGA, GEORGIA 30707
                                 (706) 375-3121
      (Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including
                        area code, of agent for service)

                         ------------------------------

<TABLE>
                    <S>                                 <C>                    <C>
                                                        COPIES TO:
                      MARK ZVONKOVIC, ESQ.                                            THOMAS POLLOCK, ESQ.
                     ANDREWS & KURTH L.L.P.                                    PAUL, HASTINGS, JANOFSKY & WALKER
                      425 LEXINGTON AVENUE                                              399 PARK AVENUE
                    NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10017                                        NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10022
                         (212) 850-2800                                                  (212) 318-6000
</TABLE>
                         ------------------------------

         Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:  As
soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.

         If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be
offered on a delayed or continuing basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the
Securities Act of 1933 check the following box.  [ ]

         If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an
offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the
following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the
earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. [ ]

         If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule
462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the
Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective
registration statement for the same offering. [ ]

         If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule
434, please check the following box. [ ]

                         ------------------------------

                        CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
====================================================================================================================================
                                                                   PROPOSED MAXIMUM      PROPOSED MAXIMUM
          TITLE OF EACH CLASS OF SECURITIES    AMOUNT TO BE        OFFERING PRICE        AGGREGATE                  AMOUNT OF
           TO BE REGISTERED                    REGISTERED(1)       PER SHARE(2)           OFFERING PRICE(2)         REGISTRATION FEE
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
          <S>          <C>                         <C>                   <C>                  <C>                        <C>
          Common Stock, $1.00 par value            8,625,000             $ 17.00              $ 146,625,000              $ 50,561
====================================================================================================================================
</TABLE>
(1) Includes 1,125,000 Shares issuable upon exercise of the Underwriters'
    over-allotment option.  
(2) Estimated solely for purposes of calculating the registration fee pursuant 
    to Rule 457.

                         ------------------------------

         THE REGISTRANT HEREBY AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE
OR DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT
SHALL FILE A FURTHER AMENDMENT WHICH SPECIFICALLY STATES THAT THIS REGISTRATION
STATEMENT SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(A) OF
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 OR UNTIL THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL BECOME
EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE COMMISSION, ACTING PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION 8(A),
MAY DETERMINE.

================================================================================



<PAGE>   2

                           SYNTHETIC INDUSTRIES, INC.

     Cross-reference sheet furnished pursuant to Item 501(b) of Regulation S-K.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                        ITEM IN FORM S-1                                    LOCATION IN PROSPECTUS
                        ----------------                                    ----------------------
 <S><C>                                                          <C>
 1.  Forepart of the Registration Statement and Outside Front
     Cover Page of Prospectus  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   Outside Front Cover Page of Prospectus

 2.  Inside Front and Outside Back Cover Pages of Prospectus .   Inside Front Cover Page of Prospectus

 3.  Summary Information, Risk Factors and Ratio of Earnings
     to Fixed Charges  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   Prospectus Summary; Risk Factors; Business

 4.  Use of Proceeds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   Use of  Proceeds

 5.  Determination of Offering Price . . . . . . . . . . . . .   Outside Front Cover Page; Underwriting

 6.  Dilution  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   Dilution

 7.  Selling Security Holders  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   Principal and Selling Stockholders

 8.  Plan of Distribution  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   Outside Front Cover Page of Prospectus;
                                                                 Underwriting

 9.  Description of Securities to be Registered  . . . . . . .   Description of Capital Stock; Dividend
                                                                 Policy

 10. Interests of Named Experts and Counsel. . . . . . . . . .   Legal Matters; Experts

 11. Information with Respect to the Registrant. . . . . . . .   Outside Front Cover Page of Prospectus;
                                                                 Prospectus Summary; Risk Factors; The
                                                                 Company; Use of Proceeds; Dividend Policy;
                                                                 Capitalization; Dilution; Selected
                                                                 Consolidated Financial Information;
                                                                 Management's Discussion and Analysis of
                                                                 Financial Condition and Results of
                                                                 Operations; Business; Management; Principal
                                                                 and Selling Stockholders; Certain
                                                                 Relationships and Related Transactions;
                                                                 Description of Certain Indebtedness;
                                                                 Description of Capital Stock; Shares
                                                                 Eligible for Future Sale; Underwriting;
                                                                 Legal Matters; Experts; Available
                                                                 Information; Consolidated Financial
                                                                 Statements

 12. Disclosure of Commission Position on
     Indemnification for Securities Act
     Liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   Not Applicable
</TABLE>





<PAGE>   3

***************************************************************************
*                                                                         *
*  INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO COMPLETION OR AMENDMENT.    *
*  A REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATING TO THESE SECURITIES HAS BEEN FILED   *
*  WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.  THESE SECURITIES MAY     *
*  NOT BE SOLD NOR MAY OFFERS TO BUY BE ACCEPTED PRIOR TO THE TIME THE    *
*  REGISTRATION STATEMENT BECOMES EFFECTIVE.  THIS PROSPECTUS SHALL NOT   *
*  CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL OR THE SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY     *
*  NOR SHALL THERE BE ANY SALE OF THESE SECURITIES IN ANY STATE IN WHICH  *
*  SUCH OFFER, SOLICITATION OR SALE WOULD BE UNLAWFUL PRIOR TO            *
*  REGISTRATION OR QUALIFICATION UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY SUCH    *
*  STATE.                                                                 *
*                                                                         *
***************************************************************************



                  SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED AUGUST 1, 1996

PROSPECTUS
                                7,500,000 SHARES

                           SYNTHETIC INDUSTRIES, INC.

                                  COMMON STOCK

         Of the 7,500,000 shares (the "Shares") of common stock, par value
$1.00 per share (the "Common Stock"), offered hereby, 1,718,750 Shares are
being sold by Synthetic Industries, Inc. ("SI" or the "Company") and 5,781,250
Shares are being sold by Synthetic Industries, L.P., a Delaware limited
partnership which is the sole stockholder of the Company (the "Selling
Stockholder").  The Company will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale
of Shares being sold by the Selling Stockholder.  After giving effect to the
offering made hereby (the "Offering"), the Company will have 7,500,000 shares
of Common Stock outstanding, none of which will be owned by the Selling
Stockholder.

         Prior to this Offering, there has been no public market for the Common
Stock.  It is currently estimated that the initial public offering price will
be between $15.00 and $17.00 per share.  See "Underwriting" for information
relating to the factors to be considered in determining the initial public
offering price.

         Application has been made to include the Common Stock for listing on
the Nasdaq National Market under the symbol "SIND".

                         ------------------------------

         SEE "RISK FACTORS" BEGINNING ON PAGE 8 FOR CERTAIN INFORMATION THAT
SHOULD BE CONSIDERED  BY PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS.

                         ------------------------------

  THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
      EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION  NOR HAS THE 
          SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION  OR ANY STATE SECURITIES 
                COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY 
                   OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION  TO 
                       THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
============================================================================================================
                                                    UNDERWRITING                               PROCEEDS TO
                                  PRICE TO          DISCOUNTS AND         PROCEEDS TO            SELLING
                                   PUBLIC          COMMISSIONS (1)         COMPANY (2)       STOCKHOLDER (2)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 <S>                          <C>                <C>                  <C>                   <C>
 PER SHARE . . . . . . .      $                  $                    $                     $
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 TOTAL (3) . . . . . . . .    $                  $                    $                     $
============================================================================================================
</TABLE>

(1)  The Company and the Selling Stockholder have agreed to indemnify the
     Underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the
     Securities Act of 1933, as amended. See "Underwriting".
(2)  Before deducting expenses estimated at $250,000 payable by the Company and
     $750,000 payable by the Selling Stockholder.  See "Principal and Selling
     Stockholders".
(3)  The Company has granted the Underwriters a 30-day option to purchase up to
     1,125,000 additional shares of Common Stock on the same terms and
     conditions as set forth above to cover over-allotments, if any.  If the
     Underwriters exercise this option in full, the total Price to Public,
     Underwriting Discounts and Commissions and Proceeds to Company will be
     $__________,  $__________ and $__________,  respectively.  See
     "Underwriting".

   The shares of Common Stock are offered, subject to prior sale, when, as and
if delivered to and accepted by the Underwriters and subject to certain other
conditions. The Underwriters reserve the right to withdraw, cancel or modify
such offer and to reject orders in whole or in part. It is expected that
delivery of the shares of Common Stock will be made against payment therefor,
on or about _______, 1996, at the offices of Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc., 245 Park
Avenue, New York, New York 10167.

                          ------------------------------

                            BEAR, STEARNS & CO. INC.

                THE DATE OF THIS PROSPECTUS IS __________, 1996





<PAGE>   4


                               [PRODUCT PICTURES]


IN CONNECTION WITH THIS OFFERING, THE UNDERWRITERS MAY OVER-ALLOT OR EFFECT
TRANSACTIONS WHICH STABILIZE OR MAINTAIN THE MARKET PRICE OF THE SECURITIES
OFFERED HEREBY AT LEVELS ABOVE THOSE WHICH MIGHT OTHERWISE PREVAIL IN THE OPEN
MARKET.  SUCH TRANSACTIONS MAY BE EFFECTED ON THE NASDAQ NATIONAL MARKET OR
OTHERWISE.  SUCH STABILIZING, IF COMMENCED, MAY BE DISCONTINUED AT ANY TIME.





                                      2
<PAGE>   5

                               PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

   The following summary information is qualified in its entirety by, and
should be read in conjunction with, the more detailed information and financial
data, including the Consolidated Financial Statements and notes thereto,
appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus. The terms "SI" and "Company" refer to
Synthetic Industries, Inc. and its subsidiaries, unless otherwise stated or
indicated by the context. References to a "fiscal" year refer to the Company's
fiscal year which ends on September 30 (e.g., "fiscal 1995" means the Company's
fiscal year ended September 30, 1995).  In addition, prior to the consummation
of the Offering, the Company will amend its Certificate of Incorporation to
increase its authorized shares of Common Stock and to revise certain other
provisions in its Certificate of Incorporation, and will declare a stock split
(the "Stock Split") of approximately 115,740.74 shares for each currently
outstanding share.  The information contained in this Prospectus (i) assumes
that the Underwriters' over-allotment option is not exercised and (ii) has been
adjusted to give effect to the Stock Split, unless otherwise noted.  See
"Description of Capital Stock".

                                  THE COMPANY

   Synthetic Industries, Inc. ("SI" or the "Company") is one of the world's
leading producers of polypropylene fabrics and fibers for the home furnishing,
construction, environmental, recreational and agricultural industries.  The
Company manufactures and sells more than 2,000 products in over 65 end-use
markets.  The Company believes that it is the second largest producer of carpet
backing in the world and is the largest producer of synthetic fiber additives
for concrete reinforcement through its Fibermesh(R) line of products.  SI also
produces polypropylene products for the geotextile and erosion control markets
and is a leader in designing innovative products for specialty applications.
The Company's products are engineered to meet specific customer criteria such
as strength, flexibility, resistance to sunlight, water/air permeability and
resistance to bacteria.  The Company aims to compete in markets in which it can
be the primary or secondary provider of such products, with over 93% of its
products meeting this criterion.  The Company's consolidated sales have grown
from $188 million in fiscal 1991 to $271 million in fiscal 1995.

   The Company's products are sold along three principal product lines: carpet
backing, construction and civil engineering products, and technical textiles.
The Company has a worldwide presence in carpet backing, a woven fabric used in
all modern tufted carpets, and is one of the two leading manufacturers in the
U.S. that produce a broad range of primary and secondary carpet backing.
Carpet backing accounted for approximately 49% of the Company's fiscal 1995
sales.  The Company's construction and civil engineering products are its
fastest growing product line and include fiber additives for concrete
reinforcement and environmental and geotextile products used in roadways,
landfills and building sites to stabilize soils and control erosion.  The
Company's sales to the construction and civil engineering market have grown
from approximately $24 million in fiscal 1991 to approximately $83 million in
fiscal 1995.  These products represented approximately 31% of the Company's
total sales in fiscal 1995, up from approximately 13% of total sales in fiscal
1991.  The Company's technical textile products are comprised of specialty
fabrics, industrial yarns and fibers used in diverse applications such as
filtration (e.g., wastewater treatment, air filtration and bauxite mining),
agriculture (e.g., shade cloth and ground cover) and recreation (e.g., swimming
pool covers and trampoline mats).  These products are highly engineered to meet
niche customer applications and represented approximately 20% of fiscal 1995
sales.  The Company's products are principally sold through direct sales to
customers by the Company's sales force and through a broad network of
distributors located across North and South America, Europe and the Pacific
Rim.

   Management believes that the Company has a reputation in its markets as a
high quality, cost-efficient manufacturer.  The Company is committed to
maintaining its market leadership and reputation for innovation through capital
investment in facilities and state-of-the-art equipment, by hiring and training
skilled employees and through process control standards and productivity
improvements.  The Company has been awarded ISO-9002 certification at all of
its major manufacturing facilities by the International Standards Organization
("ISO"), and believes it is the only U.S.  manufacturer in a majority of its
markets to have been awarded such certification.  SI invested approximately $80
million in capital improvements in its facilities and equipment during the five
year period ended September 30, 1995,





                                      3
<PAGE>   6
and is currently completing a major $35 million, 130,000 square foot expansion
of its largest manufacturing facility.  Based on existing product prices and
demand, this expansion should increase the Company's sales by as much as $30
million over the next twelve months.  The Company is one of the largest
independent consumers of polypropylene in the world. The Company believes its
position as a vertically-integrated manufacturer -- performing each step in the
conversion of polypropylene into value-added end products -- provides a
competitive advantage by allowing the Company to manufacture high quality
products to customer's specifications, while controlling manufacturing costs.

   The Company's principal business strategy is to leverage its market presence
in its core businesses into additional growth while maintaining its market
position as a high quality, cost-efficient manufacturer.  The primary
components of this strategy are:

   o     Expand Penetration of Existing Markets.  The Company is committed to
         expanding sales in markets where it currently has a leadership
         position by increasing market penetration through the offering of a
         broader product line to meet its customers' varied needs and by
         expanding its customer base.  The Company is pursuing this goal
         through (i) the expansion of geographical coverage of its sales
         efforts; (ii) the development of applications-oriented marketing
         efforts that focus on the Company's product solutions as alternatives
         to traditional industry practices; (iii) increased customer acceptance
         of its products created through stringent quality standards and
         industry accreditation for its test labs; and (iv) the use of in-house
         technical consultants to educate industry leaders as to the cost
         savings offered by the Company's products as compared to traditional
         solutions.  The Company has experienced success with this strategy, as
         evidenced by the growth of its civil engineering product line for
         which sales have increased from approximately $17 million in fiscal
         1993 to approximately $42 million in 1995, and which were
         approximately $37 million for the nine months ended June 30, 1996 as
         compared to approximately $26 million for the comparable period in
         1995.  Within this product line, the Company has focused on the
         roadway and building sites, erosion control and waste containment
         sectors.  Among other products, nonwoven geotextile sales to the
         roadway and building site markets have grown from approximately $5
         million in fiscal 1993 to approximately $16 million in fiscal 1995 and
         were approximately $13 million for the nine months ended June 30,
         1996.  In addition, the Company has expanded its presence in
         international markets primarily through additional distribution
         arrangements, increased marketing efforts focused primarily on major
         international construction projects and the expansion of its
         international sales force.  As a result, total international sales
         increased from approximately $17 million in fiscal 1993 to
         approximately $34 million in fiscal 1995 and were approximately $21
         million for the nine months ended June 30, 1996.

   o     Develop Innovative Products.  The Company seeks to develop innovative
         products and modify existing products in response to specific customer
         needs and to establish new markets through the development of novel
         applications for its existing products.  By increasing its
         expenditures for research, product development and marketing, the
         Company believes it will be able to capitalize on its manufacturing
         strengths and distribution network to introduce new value added
         products and extend product lines to complement its existing product
         base.  For example, the Company's specially designed Fibermesh(R) MD
         products provide after-crack strength retention to concrete, thus
         mitigating immediate failure of the concrete.  Since its introduction
         in 1991, sales of Fibermesh(R) MD have grown to approximately $26
         million in fiscal 1995 and were approximately $18 million for the nine
         months ended June 30, 1996.

   o     Strengthen Market Position in Carpet Backing. The Company intends to
         increase its carpet backing market share through (i) continued capital
         investment in state-of-the-art equipment for additional carpet backing
         production capacity, (ii) expansion of sales in the growing commercial
         carpet sector of the domestic market and (iii) the continued
         development and strengthening of its relationships with key customers.
         As an example of this strategy, the Company is currently completing an
         expansion at its largest facility that should increase the Company's
         current capacity in carpet backing by approximately 16%.

   o     Continue to Improve Manufacturing Efficiencies and Expand
         Manufacturing Capacity.  The Company has continued to invest in
         capital improvements and new facilities to expand capacity, add new
         capabilities and





                                      4
<PAGE>   7
         enhance production technologies, and is currently completing a major
         expansion at its largest manufacturing facility that serves both the
         carpet backing and geotextile markets.  The Company plans to continue
         to spend additional capital to increase its manufacturing capability
         for primary and secondary carpet backing and woven and nonwoven
         geotextiles, subject to prevailing market conditions.

    o    Pursue Strategic Acquisitions.  The Company is continually evaluating
         the potential acquisition of companies, technologies or products which
         will complement its existing product lines and manufacturing and
         distribution strengths.  Acquisition opportunities will be evaluated
         based on the strategic fit, the expected return on capital invested
         and the ability of management to improve the profitability of acquired
         operations through cost reductions and other synergies with existing
         operations.

         While the Company's sales have grown in each of the past five years,
the Company's operating income has fluctuated due to a variety of factors,
principally related to changes in the cost of polypropylene, the Company's
primary raw material.  The Company believes that the sales prices of its
products will adjust over time to reflect changes in polypropylene costs,
although such cost changes favorably affected operating results for fiscal 1994
and adversely affected operating results for fiscal 1995.  Recently, these
movements have positively affected the Company's operating income, which
increased by 50% to $14.5 million for the third quarter of fiscal 1996 from
$9.7 million for the comparable period of fiscal 1995.  The Company anticipates
that these favorable conditions will continue in the fourth quarter of fiscal
1996.

                                  THE OFFERING

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                    <C>
Common Stock offered by the Company . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    1,718,750 Shares
Common Stock offered by the Selling Stockholder . . . . . . . . . .    5,781,250 Shares
Total Common Stock offered  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    7,500,000 Shares
Common Stock to be outstanding after the Offering . . . . . . . . .    7,500,000 Shares (1) (2)
Use of Proceeds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    To repay certain outstanding
                                                                       indebtedness.
Proposed Nasdaq National Market Symbol  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    "SIND"
</TABLE>

_______________

(1)  Does not include up to 1,125,000 shares of Common Stock which may be
     offered by the Company upon exercise of the Underwriters' overallotment
     option.
(2)  Excludes 638,397 shares of Common Stock at July 26, 1996 which have been
     granted under the Company's 1994 Stock Option Plan for Non-Employee
     Directors, 1994 Stock Option Plan and 1996 Stock Option Plan
     (collectively, the "Stock Option Plans"), 173,119 of which are subject to
     currently exercisable options.

                                 RISK FACTORS

     Prospective purchasers of the Common Stock offered hereby should carefully
consider the factors set forth in "Risk Factors," as well as the other
information set forth in this Prospectus before making an investment in the
Common Stock.





                                      5
<PAGE>   8
                   SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION
                (in thousands, except share and per share data)

     The following summary consolidated financial information should be read in
conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements and notes thereto and
the other selected financial data set forth elsewhere in this Prospectus.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           NINE MONTHS            THREE MONTHS
                                              FISCAL YEAR                     ENDED                  ENDED
                                          ENDED SEPTEMBER 30,                JUNE 30,               JUNE 30,        
                                  --------------------------------   --------------------   --------------------
                                      1993       1994     1995 (1)      1995       1996        1995       1996    
                                  ---------   --------   ---------   ---------   --------   ---------   --------
<S>                              <C>          <C>        <C>         <C>         <C>        <C>         <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:                                                                                      

  Net sales . . . . . . . . . . . $ 210,516   $234,977   $ 271,427   $ 194,349   $212,060   $  72,767   $ 82,843
  Gross profit. . . . . . . . . .    68,335     82,672      76,721      57,399     60,839      21,900     27,709
  Operating income. . . . . . . .    29,921     40,770      28,687      23,437     23,612       9,682     14,521
  Interest expense. . . . . . . .    20,854     20,011      22,514      17,027     17,253       5,846      5,863
  Income from continuing 
    operations before provision 
    for income taxes. . . . . . .     8,134     20,020       5,436       5,855      5,836       3,650      8,483
  Income from continuing
    operations. . . . . . . . . .     3,662     11,420       1,936       2,555      2,786       1,879      5,093

PRO FORMA FINANCIAL DATA:

Net income(2) . . . . . . . . . .                            3,336                  3,761                  5,418
Net income per share(2) . . . . .                        $    0.43               $   0.49               $   0.70
Weighted average common and
  common equivalent shares
  outstanding . . . . . . . . . .                        7,730,014              7,730,014              7,730,014

OTHER FINANCIAL DATA:

  EBITDA(3) . . . . . . . . . . . $  41,061   $ 52,421   $  42,887   $  33,960   $ 35,330   $  13,258   $ 18,556

  EBITDA as a percentage of net
  sales . . . . . . . . . . . . .      19.5%      22.3%       15.8%       17.5%      16.7%       18.2%      22.4%


Depreciation and amortization . . $  12,073   $ 12,390   $  14,937   $  11,078   $ 12,241   $   3,762   $  4,210
                                                                                                                


Capital expenditures  . . . . . .    11,759     31,866      13,313      12,169     30,439(4)    3,942     16,789(4)
                                                                                                                   
</TABLE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                     
                                                                                             AS OF JUNE 30, 1996    
                                                                                   AS OF    ---------------------- 
                                                                                 SEPTEMBER                  AS
BALANCE SHEET DATA:                                                              30, 1995     ACTUAL   ADJUSTED(5) 
                                                                                 --------   ---------  -----------
<S>                                                                              <C>        <C>         <C>
Working capital . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  $ 69,039   $  66,800   $ 66,800
Total assets  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   312,300     325,532    325,532
Long-term debt  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   192,048     204,145    178,820

Stockholder's equity  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    57,756      60,508     85,833
</TABLE>





                                      6
<PAGE>   9
           FOOTNOTES TO SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION


(1)      Fiscal 1995 results of operations include a pre-tax charge of $2,852
         which occurred during the fourth quarter
         of fiscal 1995 to increase the allowance for doubtful accounts due to
         a customer who experienced severe financial difficulty.  See
         "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
         Results of Operations".

(2)      Pro forma net income and pro forma net income per share reflect the
         reduction in interest expense resulting from the use of the estimated
         net offering proceeds of $25,325 to repay certain bank indebtedness
         calculated as of the beginning of the period indicated.  See "Use of
         Proceeds".

(3)      Represents income before interest, taxes, depreciation, and
         amortization.  EBITDA is presented because it is generally accepted as
         providing useful information regarding a company's ability to service
         and/or incur debt.  EBITDA should not be considered in isolation from
         or as a substitute for net income, cash flows from operating
         activities and other consolidated income or cash flow statement data
         prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles
         or as a measure of profitability or liquidity.

(4)      Capital expenditures for the three and nine months ended June 30, 1996
         include $5 million for equipment purchased under a capital lease.

(5)      Adjusted to give effect to the sale of the 1,718,750 Shares offered by
         the Company hereby (assuming an initial public offering price of
         $16.00 per share and after deducting the estimated underwriting
         discounts and expenses of the Offering) and the application of the
         estimated net proceeds therefrom.  See "Use of Proceeds".





                                      7
<PAGE>   10

                                  RISK FACTORS

         Prospective investors should carefully review the information set
forth below, in addition to the other information set forth in this Prospectus,
prior to purchasing shares of Common Stock offered hereby.

RAW MATERIAL PRICES AND AVAILABILITY

         Polypropylene, a petroleum derivative, is the basic raw material used
in the manufacture of substantially all of the Company's products.  For the
nine months ended June 30, 1996 and in fiscal 1995, polypropylene purchases
accounted for approximately 50%  of the Company's cost of sales.  The price of
polypropylene is primarily a function of manufacturing capacity, demand and the
prices of petrochemical feedstocks, crude oil and natural gas liquids.
Historically, the market price of polypropylene has fluctuated, such as in
fiscal 1995 when the average market cost of polypropylene was approximately 50%
higher than in fiscal 1994.  A significant increase in the price of
polypropylene that cannot be passed on to customers could have a material
adverse effect on the Company's results of operations and financial condition.
There can be no assurance that the price of polypropylene will not increase in
the future or that the Company will be able to pass on any such increase to its
customers.  In addition, significant increases in demand for, or a significant
disruption in supply of, polypropylene, without a corresponding expansion of
polypropylene manufacturing capacity, could result in production shortages.
Historically, the creation of such additional facilities has helped to relieve
supply pressures although there can be no assurance that this will continue to
be the case.

         The Company's major suppliers of polypropylene are Fina Oil & Chemical
Company, Lyondell Polymers Company, Huntsman Polypropylene and Union Carbide.
The loss of any one of the Company's suppliers could adversely affect the
Company's business until alternative supply arrangements were secured.  In
addition, there is no assurance that any new supply agreement entered into by
the Company would have terms comparable to those contained in current supply
arrangements.  See "Business--Raw Materials".

LEVERAGE

         The Company is highly leveraged.  As of June 30, 1996, the Company had
outstanding consolidated long-term debt (including current maturities) of
approximately $179 million on a pro forma basis taking into account the
application of the estimated net proceeds to the Company from the Offering.
Furthermore, the Company may incur additional indebtedness in the future,
subject to certain limitations contained in the instruments governing its
indebtedness.  The degree to which the Company is leveraged could have
important consequences to holders of Common Stock, including: (i) impairment of
the Company's ability to obtain additional financing in the future; (ii)
reduction of funds available to the Company for its operations and general
corporate purposes or for capital expenditures, as a result of the dedication
of a substantial portion of the Company's net cash flow from operations to the
payment of principal of and interest on the Company's indebtedness; (iii) the
possibility of an event of default under financial and operating covenants
contained in the Company's debt instruments which, if not cured or waived,
could possibly have a material adverse effect on the Company; (iv) a relative
competitive disadvantage if the Company is substantially more leveraged than
its competitors; and (v) an inability to adjust to rapidly changing market
conditions and consequent vulnerability in the event of a downturn in general
economic conditions or its business because of the Company's reduced financial
flexibility.  The Company's ability to make scheduled payments or to refinance
its obligations with respect to its indebtedness depends on its financial and
operating performance, which, in turn, is subject to prevailing economic
conditions and to financial, business and other factors beyond its control.
Although the Company's cash flow from its operations has historically been
sufficient to meet its debt service obligations, there can be no assurance that
the Company's operating results will continue to be sufficient for payment of
the Company's indebtedness.  See "Capitalization" and "Management's Discussion
and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations--Liquidity and
Capital Resources".





                                      8
<PAGE>   11
COMPETITION

         The markets for the Company's products are  highly competitive. In the
manufacture and sale of carpet backing, which represented in excess of 50% and
49% of the Company's total net sales for the nine months ended June 30, 1996
and in fiscal 1995, respectively, the Company competes primarily with Amoco
Fabrics and Fibers Co. ("Amoco"), a subsidiary of Amoco Corporation, and, to a
lesser extent, certain other companies.  Amoco has the leading position in the
carpet backing market worldwide. In the manufacture and sale of the Company's
other products, the Company generally competes with a number of other
companies, including, in some cases, Amoco.  Several of these competitors,
particularly Amoco, are significantly larger and have substantially greater
resources than the Company.  The pricing policies of the Company's competitors
have at certain times in the past limited the Company's ability to increase its
sales prices or caused the Company to lower its sales prices.  See
"Business--Products," "--Marketing and Sales" and "--Raw Materials".

SIGNIFICANT CUSTOMER

         For the nine months ended June 30, 1996 and in fiscal 1995, Shaw
Industries, Inc. ("Shaw"), a major carpet manufacturer and long-time customer
of the Company, was the Company's largest single customer, accounting for
approximately 18.4% and 18.2%, respectively, of the Company's total net sales
and approximately 36.7% and 37.1%, respectively, of the Company's carpet
backing sales.  If Shaw were to significantly reduce or terminate its purchases
of carpet backing from the Company, the Company's results of operations and
financial condition could be materially adversely affected.  The Company has no
other customers that account for greater than 10% of its total net sales.  For
the nine months ended June 30, 1996 and in fiscal 1995, the Company's ten
largest customers for carpet backing accounted for approximately 78% and 77%,
respectively, of its total net sales to the carpet industry.  See
"Business--Products--Carpet Backing".

CERTAIN ANTI-TAKEOVER EFFECTS OF CHARTER AND RIGHTS PLAN

         The Company's Certificate of Incorporation and By-laws restrict the
ability of stockholders to call special meetings or take stockholder action by
written consent. These provisions could delay or hinder the removal of
incumbent directors and could discourage or make more difficult a proposed
merger, tender offer or proxy contest involving the Company or may otherwise
have an adverse effect on the market price of the Common Stock.  See
"Description of Capital Stock--Certain Provisions of the Certificate of
Incorporation".  The Company also is subject to provisions of Delaware
corporate law that will restrict the Company from engaging in certain business
combinations with a person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns
15% or more of the Common Stock (an "Interested Stockholder") for three years
after the person becomes an Interested Stockholder, unless certain conditions
are met or the business combination is approved by the Company's Board of
Directors (the "Board") and/or the Company's stockholders in a prescribed
manner.  These provisions also could render more difficult or discourage a
merger, tender offer or other similar transaction.  See "Description of Capital
Stock--Section 203 of the DGCL".

         In addition, on  __________, 1996, the Board declared a dividend
distribution of one right (a "Right") for each share of Common Stock
outstanding at the close of business on __________, 1996.  A Right will also be
attached to each share of Common Stock subsequently issued.  The Rights will
have certain anti-takeover effects.  If triggered, the Rights would cause
substantial dilution to a person or group of persons (other than certain exempt
persons) that acquires more than 20% of the Common Stock on terms not approved
by the Board.  The Rights could discourage or make more difficult a merger,
tender offer or other similar transaction.  See "Description of Capital
Stock--Rights Plan".

ABSENCE OF PRIOR MARKET FOR COMMON STOCK; POSSIBLE VOLATILITY OF STOCK PRICE

         Prior to the Offering there has been no public market for shares of
the Common Stock and there can be no assurances that an active trading market
in the Common Stock will develop or be sustained after the Offering.  The
initial public offering price for the Common Stock will be determined solely by
negotiations among Bear, Stearns





                                      9
<PAGE>   12
& Co. Inc., as the Representative of the Underwriters, the Company and the
Selling Stockholder based on several factors and may not be indicative of the
market price for the Common Stock after the Offering.  See "Underwriting" for a
description of the factors to be considered in determining the initial public
offering price.  In addition, the market price for shares of the Common Stock
may be highly volatile.  Factors such as the Company's cost of raw materials,
average selling price, the introduction of new products by the Company or its
competitors, changes in the estimates or recommendations of financial analysts
regarding the Company and general market conditions may have a material adverse
effect on the market price of the Common Stock.

                          -----------------------------
         This Prospectus includes "forward-looking statements" within the
meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended and Section
21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.  All statements other
than statements of historical facts included in this Prospectus, including,
without limitation, statements under the captions "Risk Factors", "Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and
"Business" regarding the Company's financial position, business strategy and
plans and objectives of management of the Company for future operations,
constitute forward-looking statements.  Although the Company believes that the
expectations reflected in such forward-looking statements are reasonable, it
can give no assurance that such expectations will prove to have been correct.
Cautionary statements describing important factors that could cause actual
results to differ materially from the Company's expectations are disclosed
under the caption "Risk Factors" and elsewhere in this Prospectus, including,
without limitation, in conjunction with the forward-looking statements included
in this Prospectus. All subsequent written and oral forward-looking statements
attributable to the Company or persons acting on its behalf are expressly
qualified in their entirety by such cautionary statements.





                                      10
<PAGE>   13

                                  THE COMPANY

         The Company is one of the world's leading producers of polypropylene
fabrics and fibers for the home furnishing, construction, environmental,
recreational and agricultural industries.  The Company manufactures and sells
more than 2,000 products in over 65 end-use markets.  The Company believes that
it is the second largest producer of carpet backing in the world and is the
largest producer of synthetic fiber additives for concrete reinforcement
through its Fibermesh(R) line of products.  SI also produces polypropylene
products for the geotextile and erosion control markets and is a leader in
designing innovative products for specialty applications.  The Company's
products are engineered to meet specific customer criteria such as strength,
flexibility, resistance to sunlight, water/air permeability and resistance to
bacteria.  The Company aims to compete in markets in which it can be the
primary or secondary provider of such products, with over 93% of its products
meeting this criterion.  The Company's consolidated sales have grown from $188
million in fiscal 1991 to $271 million in fiscal 1995.

         Immediately prior to the completion of the Offering, all of the issued
and outstanding capital stock of the Company was owned by the Selling
Stockholder.   SI Management L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, is the sole
general partner of the Selling Stockholder and controls the management and
affairs of the Selling Stockholder and therefore the Company.  SI Management
L.P. is controlled indirectly by Leonard Chill, Ralph Kenner, William Gardner
Wright, Jr. and W.  Wayne Freed (collectively, the "Subscribing Officers") and
Jon P.  Beckman, a former executive officer of the Company.  See
"Management--Executive Officers and Directors of the Company" and "Certain
Relationships and Related Transactions".

         Of the 7,500,000 Shares offered hereby, 5,781,250 Shares are being
sold by the Selling Stockholder.  Immediately following the Offering, the
Selling Stockholder will own no shares of Common Stock.  As partners of SI
Management L.P., the Subscribing Officers will be entitled after the Offering
to receive proceeds from the liquidation of the Selling Stockholder that will
take place after the Offering.  The Subscribing Officers have entered into
agreements with the Underwriters to use the net after-tax proceeds they receive
from the liquidation of the Selling Stockholder to purchase Common Stock
directly from the Company at the initial public offering price.  After this
purchase, the Subscribing Officers will own less than 1% of the outstanding
Common Stock.  Employees, officers and directors have been granted options to
purchase an additional 7.2% of the Common Stock on a fully diluted basis.  See
"Principal and Selling Stockholders".

         The principal executive offices of the Company are located at 309
LaFayette Road, Chickamauga, Georgia 30707, and the Company's telephone number
is (706) 375-3121.





                                      11
<PAGE>   14

                                USE OF PROCEEDS

         The net proceeds to the Company from the sale of the 1,718,750 Shares
to be sold by the Company hereby (after payment of underwriting discounts and
commissions and estimated expenses of the Offering) are estimated to be
$25,325,000 ($41,965,000 if the Underwriters' overallotment option is exercised
in full).  The full amount of the net proceeds to the Company from the Offering
will be used to repay certain outstanding bank indebtedness.  On July 26, 1996,
approximately $57.5 million was outstanding, at interest rates ranging from
7.94% to 9.0%, under the Company's Fourth Amended and Restated Revolving Credit
and Security Agreement, dated as of October 20, 1995, as subsequently amended
(the "Credit Facility"), among the Company, the financial institutions party
thereto from time to time, as the lenders (the "Lenders"), and the First
National Bank of Boston, as agent for the Lenders.  The Credit Facility expires
on October 1, 2001.

         The Company will not receive any proceeds from the sale of the Shares
to be sold by the Selling Stockholder hereby.

                                DIVIDEND POLICY

         The Company has not declared or paid any cash or other dividends on
the Common Stock and intends for the foreseeable future to retain its earnings
to finance the development of its business and for repayment of debt.  The
declaration and payment of dividends by the Company are subject to the
discretion of the Board.  Any future determination to pay dividends will depend
on the Company's results of operations, financial condition, capital
requirements, contractual restrictions and other factors deemed relevant by the
Board.  In addition, the Credit Facility and the Company's $140 million
original principal amount of 12 3/4% Senior Subordinated Debentures due
December 1, 2002 (the "Debentures") contain restrictions on the Company's
ability to declare and pay dividends.  See "Description of Certain
Indebtedness".





                                      12
<PAGE>   15

                                 CAPITALIZATION

         The following table sets forth the capitalization of the Company (i)
at June 30, 1996, and (ii) as adjusted to give effect to (a) the
115,740.74-for-1 stock split to be consummated prior to the Offering, (b) the
Offering and (c) the application of the estimated net proceeds therefrom.  The
information presented below should be read in conjunction with "Summary
Consolidated Financial Information", "Selected Consolidated Financial
Information", "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results of Operations" and the Consolidated Financial Statements and notes
thereto, appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  JUNE 30, 1996           
                                                                        ----------------------------------
                                                                            ACTUAL          AS ADJUSTED   
                                                                        ---------------   ----------------
                                                                           (In thousands, except share
                                                                               and per share data)
<S>                                                                     <C>               <C>
 Long-term debt(1):
      Credit Facility(2):
          Revolving credit portion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    $       13,014    $           --
          Term loan portion  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .            45,000            32,689
      12 3/4% Senior Subordinated Debentures due 2002  . . . . . . .           140,000           140,000
      Capitalized lease obligation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .             4,843             4,843
      Other  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .             1,348             1,348
                                                                        --------------    --------------
          Total long-term debt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .           204,205           178,880
            Less current portion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .               (60)              (60)
                                                                        --------------    ---------------
      Long term debt, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          204,145           178,820
                                                                        --------------    --------------

 Stockholder's equity:
      Common Stock $1.00 par value; 5,000 shares authorized,
          49.95  shares  issued and  outstanding;  25,000,000  shares
          authorized and 7,500,000  shares issued and outstanding, as
          adjusted(3)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                               7,500
      Additional paid-in capital . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .            69,300            87,125

      Cumulative translation adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                (5)               (5)
                                                                                      
                                                                        
      Deficit  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .            (8,787)           (8,787)
                                                                        --------------    ---------------
          Total stockholder's equity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .            60,508            85,833
                                                                        --------------    --------------

 Total capitalization  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    $      264,653    $      264,653
                                                                        ==============    ============== 
</TABLE>
- ----------
(1)      For a description of the Company's long-term debt, see Note 8 of Notes
         to Consolidated Financial Statements.  
(2)      At July 26, 1996, the amount of borrowings under the Credit Facility 
         was $57,500,000 and the amount available under the Credit Facility 
         was $26,205,000.  As adjusted for the Offering, the amount available 
         under the Credit Facility was $38,705,000.
(3)      Excludes 638,397 shares of Common Stock at July 26, 1996 which have
         been granted under the Stock Option Plans, 173,119 of which are
         subject to currently exercisable options.





                                      13
<PAGE>   16

                                    DILUTION

         The net tangible book value of the Company as of June 30, 1996 was a
deficit of approximately $24.3 million, or ($4.21) per share.  Net tangible
book value per share is equal to stockholder's equity less the net book value
of goodwill and identified intangible assets, divided by the number of shares
outstanding.  After giving effect to the sale by the Company of 1,718,750
Shares in the Offering and the application of the estimated net proceeds
therefrom as described under "Use of Proceeds," the pro forma net tangible book
value of the Company at June 30, 1996 would have been approximately $1 million,
or $0.13 per share.  This represents an immediate increase in net tangible book
value of $4.34 per share to the existing stockholder and an immediate net
dilution of tangible book value of $15.87 per share to new investors purchasing
Shares in the Offering.  The following table illustrates this dilution:

<TABLE>
    <S>                                                                       <C>               <C>
    Initial public offering price(1)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                       $    16.00
         Net tangible book value per share before the Offering  . . . . .     $       (4.21)
         Increase per share attributable to new investors . . . . . . . .              4.34
                                                                              -------------
    Pro forma net tangible book value per share after the Offering  . . .                             0.13
                                                                                                ----------
    Dilution per share to new investors(2)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                       $    15.87
                                                                                                 =========
</TABLE>

(1)      Initial public offering price before deduction of underwriting
         discounts and commissions and estimated expenses of the Offering to be
         paid by the Company.
(2)      Assumes no exercise of outstanding stock options.

         The following table summarizes, on a pro forma basis as of June 30,
1996, the differences between the existing stockholder and the new investors
with respect to the number of shares of Common Stock purchased from the
Company, the total consideration paid and the average price per share paid by
the existing stockholder and new investors (based on the assumed initial public
offering price):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                               TOTAL
                                           SHARES PURCHASED                CONSIDERATION         
                                      ---------------------------   ----------------------------     AVERAGE
                                                                                                      PRICE
                                         NUMBER        PERCENT         AMOUNT         PERCENT       PER SHARE 
                                      --------------  -----------   --------------   -----------   ------------
<S>                                     <C>              <C>       <C>                 <C>         <C>
Existing stockholder  . . . . . .       5,781,250         77.1%    $  69,300,000        71.6%      $   11.99
New investors . . . . . . . . . .       1,718,750         22.9        27,500,000        28.4           16.00
                                      -----------    ---------     -------------    --------                
     Total  . . . . . . . . . . .       7,500,000        100.0%    $  96,800,000       100.0%
                                      ===========    =========      ============    ======== 
</TABLE>

         The table set forth above assumes no exercise of the Underwriters'
overallotment option or of any outstanding stock options.  See footnote 3 under
"Capitalization" for information regarding the number of shares issuable upon
exercise of stock options outstanding at July 26, 1996 and "Underwriting" for
information concerning the Underwriters' over-allotment option.





                                      14
<PAGE>   17
                  SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION
                (in thousands, except share and per share data)

         The statement of operations data for the fiscal years ended September
30, 1993, 1994 and 1995 and the balance sheet data as of September 30, 1994 and
1995 are derived from the Consolidated Financial Statements that have been
audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, independent auditors, and are included
elsewhere in this Prospectus.  The statement of operations data for the years
ended September 30, 1991 and 1992 and the balance sheet data as of September
30, 1991, 1992 and 1993 are derived from audited financial statements of the
Company that are not included herein.  The statement of operations and balance
sheet data as of and for the three and nine month periods ended June 30, 1995
and 1996 have been derived from the unaudited interim financial statements of
the Company and include, in the opinion of management, all adjustments
(consisting only of normal recurring adjustments) necessary to fairly present
the data for such periods.  The pro forma financial data is provided for
informational purposes only, is unaudited and is not necessarily indicative of
future results or what the operating results would have been had the
transactions actually been consummated as of the beginning of the periods
indicated.  The following Selected Consolidated Financial Information should be
read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements and the notes
thereto and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results of Operations" included elsewhere in this Prospectus.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                     NINE MONTHS            THREE MONTHS
                                                                                       ENDED                    ENDED
                                       FISCAL YEAR ENDED SEPTEMBER 30,                JUNE 30,                 JUNE 30,      
                             --------------------------------------------------  --------------------   ----------------------
                               1991       1992      1993      1994     1995 (1)    1995       1996        1995         1996   
                             --------   --------  --------  --------  ---------  ---------  ---------   ---------   ----------
  <S>                        <C>        <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>        <C>        <C>         <C>          <C>      
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:                                                                                                 
  Net sales   . . . . . .    $188,446   $195,739  $210,516  $234,977  $ 271,427  $ 194,349  $ 212,060   $  72,767    $  82,843
  Cost of sales   . . . .     130,828    133,690   142,181   152,305    194,706    136,950    151,221      50,867       55,134
                             --------   --------  --------  --------  ---------  ---------  ---------   ---------    ---------
                                                                                                                              
  Gross profit  . . . . .     57,618     62,049    68,335    82,672      76,721     57,399     60,839      21,900       27,709 
  Selling, general and ad-                                                                                                    
    ministrative expenses     27,192     31,795    35,799    39,403      45,468     32,044     35,283      11,570       12,540 
                                                                                                                              
  Amortization of                                                                                                             
      intangibles . . . .       2,835      2,598     2,615     2,499      2,566      1,918      1,944         648          648
                             --------   --------  --------  --------  ---------  ---------  ---------   ---------    ---------
      Operating income  .      27,591     27,656    29,921    40,770     28,687     23,437     23,612       9,682       14,521
      Interest expense  .      19,155     17,865    20,854    20,011     22,514     17,027     17,253       5,846        5,863
  Amortization of deferred                                                                                                    
      financing costs . .       2,151      1,636       933       739        737        555        523         186          175
                             --------   --------  --------  --------  ---------  ---------  ---------   ---------    ---------
  Income from continuing                                                                                                      
    operations before                                                                                                         
    provision for income                                                                                                      
    taxes   . . . . . . .       6,285      8,155     8,134    20,020      5,436      5,855      5,836       3,650        8,483
  Provision for income                                                                                                        
    taxes   . . . . . . .       4,475      4,560     4,472     8,600      3,500      3,300      3,050       1,771        3,390
                             --------   --------  --------  --------  ---------  ---------  ---------   ---------    ---------
  Income from continuing                                                                                                      
    operations  . . . . .    $  1,810   $  3,595  $  3,662  $ 11,420  $   1,936  $   2,555  $   2,786   $   1,879    $   5,093
                             ========   ========  ========  ========  =========  =========  =========   =========    =========
  Net income (loss) (2)         1,501     (3,972)  (12,310)   11,420      1,936      2,555      2,786       1,879        5,093
                             ========   ========= ========= ========  =========  =========  =========   =========    =========
PRO FORMA FINANCIAL DATA:                                                                                                     
  Net income (3)  . . . .                                             $   3,336  $   3,605  $   3,761   $   2,229    $   5,418
  Net income per share(3)                                                  0.43       0.47       0.49        0.29         0.70
  Weighted average                                                                                                            
    common and                                                                                                                
    common equivalent                                                                                                         
    shares outstanding  .                                             7,730,014  7,730,014  7,730,014   7,730,014    7,730,014
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                           AS OF SEPTEMBER 30,                  AS OF JUNE 30,   
                           -------------------------------------------------  ------------------
BALANCE SHEET DATA:          1991       1992      1993      1994      1995      1995      1996   
                           --------   --------  --------  --------  --------  --------  --------
    <S>                   <C>         <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>
    Working capital   . . .$ 40,414   $ 33,980  $ 42,055  $ 44,114  $ 69,039  $ 70,452  $ 66,800
    Total assets  . . . . . 251,918    254,581   260,372   287,933   312,300   316,450   325,532

    Long-term debt  . . . . 152,381    158,638   164,723   172,490   192,048   196,760   204,145
    Stockholders equity   .  62,838     56,700    44,423    55,817    57,756    58,389    60,508
</TABLE>





                                      15
<PAGE>   18


            FOOTNOTES TO SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

(1)      Fiscal 1995 results of operations include a pre-tax charge of $2,852
         which occurred during the fourth quarter of fiscal 1995 to increase
         the allowance for doubtful accounts due to a customer who experienced
         severe financial difficulty.  See "Management's Discussion and
         Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations".

(2)      Net income for fiscal 1993 includes (i) an extraordinary loss of
         $8,892 from the early extinguishment of debt, (ii) a charge of $8,500
         for the cumulative effect of an accounting change and (iii) a gain of
         $1,420 on the disposal of discontinued operations.  See Notes 9, 11
         and 12 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.  Net income for
         the fiscal 1992 includes a loss from discontinued operations of $553
         and a loss on the disposal of discontinued operations of $7,014.  Net
         income for fiscal 1991 includes a loss from discontinued operations of
         $309.

(3)      Pro forma net income and pro forma net income per share reflect the
         reduction in interest expense resulting from the use of the estimated
         net offering proceeds of $25,325 to repay certain bank indebtedness
         calculated as of the beginning of the period indicated.  See "Use of
         Proceeds".





                                      16
<PAGE>   19
                    MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
                 FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

         The following discussion of the financial condition and results of
operations of the Company should be read in conjunction with the information
contained in the Consolidated Financial Statements, including the notes
thereto, and the other financial information appearing elsewhere in this
Prospectus.  Dollar amounts are in thousands.  The following discussion
includes forward-looking statements that involve certain risks and
uncertainties.  See "Risk Factors".

INTRODUCTION

         The Company's net sales in recent years have increased due to a
variety of factors, including generally increasing sales volumes as a result of
growing demand for the Company's products and the Company's ability to expand
its markets through development of new products.

         The Company's products are sold along three principal product lines:
carpet backing, construction and civil engineering products, and technical
textiles.  The following table summarizes net sales growth for each of these
product lines during the fiscal years ended September 30, 1993, 1994 and 1995
and the nine month periods ended June 30, 1995 and 1996:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                       FISCAL YEAR ENDED SEPTEMBER 30,                       NINE MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30,      
                           ------------------------------------------------------      ------------------------------------  
                                  1993              1994              1995                    1995              1996         
                           -----------------  ----------------    ----------------     -----------------   ----------------  
<S>                        <C>        <C>     <C>        <C>      <C>       <C>        <C>        <C>      <C>        <C>    
Carpet backing  . . . .    $106,406    50.5%  $117,791   50.1%    133,025    49.0%     $ 98,748    50.8%     106,376   50.2% 
Construction and                                                                                                             
  civil engineering . .      47,899    22.8     68,706   29.3      82,933     30.6       54,134    27.9       64,981   30.6  
Technical textiles  . .      56,211    26.7     48,480   20.6      55,469     20.4       41,467    21.3       40,703   19.2  
                           --------  ------   --------  -----    --------   ------      -------   -----      -------  -----  
Net sales . . . . . . .    $210,516   100.0%  $234,977  100.0%   $271,427   100.0%     $194,349   100.0%   $ 212,060  100.0% 
                           ========  =======  ========  =======  ========  =======     ========   ======   =========  ====== 
                                                                                                                             
</TABLE>



         The Company's carpet backing business has grown at a faster rate than
that of the industry as a whole, principally due to recent market share gains
in the consumer carpet backing market and increased penetration of the
commercial carpet backing market.  The Company's construction and civil
engineering business has grown significantly over the past three years due to
increased acceptance of the Company's proprietary concrete reinforcement
products, the expansion of this product line to offer a full range of
geosynthetic products to the markets the Company serves and other innovative
product offerings.  Over the past three years, the Company has streamlined its
technical textile business and exited several product lines which did not meet
the Company's strategic sales and profitability objectives.  The Company
believes that it has positioned its technical textile business for increased
sales and profitability.

         While the Company's sales have grown in each of the past three years,
the Company's operating income has fluctuated due to a variety of factors,
principally related to changes in the cost of polypropylene, the Company's
primary raw material.  The Company believes that the selling prices of its
products will adjust over time to reflect changes in polypropylene costs,
although movements in polypropylene costs favorably affected operating results
for fiscal 1994 and adversely affected operating results for fiscal 1995.
Based upon normal Company inventory levels, changes in polypropylene costs
generally affect the Company's results of operations two to three months after
the change occurs.  Accordingly, as a result of polypropylene price decreases
in the first quarter of fiscal 1996, the Company's effective cost of
polypropylene began to decline in the second quarter of fiscal 1996.  This
decrease in polypropylene costs, without a corresponding decrease in selling
prices, in part accounted for increased operating income in the third quarter
of fiscal 1996 to $14,521, as compared to $9,682 for the comparable period of
fiscal 1995.  Recent polypropylene price increases in the third and fourth
quarters of fiscal 1996 are expected to be offset by the Company's recently
effected price increases for a majority of its products.





                                      17
<PAGE>   20
         According to a June 1996 report by Chemical Data Inc. ("Chem Data"), a
monthly petrochemical and plastics analysis publication, current annual
polypropylene capacity in North America is 12.4 billion pounds per year, up
from 11.4 billion pounds at December 31, 1995.  Total average annual capacity
will rise to 12.6 billion pounds per year for 1997 and 14.0 billion pounds per
year for 1998.  Historically, the creation of additional capacity has helped to
relieve supply pressures although there can be no assurance that this will
continue to be the case. Chem Data also projects that polypropylene prices will
peak in the third calendar quarter of 1996 before beginning to decline in the
last three months of calendar 1996.

         The Company historically has operated at or near full capacity on a
24-hour per day, seven days per week, 350 days per year schedule.  Reflecting
this level of capacity utilization, the Company invested approximately $80,000
on its six manufacturing facilities during the five year period ended September
30, 1995, and is currently completing a major $35,000 expansion at its largest
manufacturing facility.  Based on existing product prices and demand, this
expansion should increase the Company's sales by as much as $30,000 over the
next twelve months.

         The following table sets forth the percentage relationships to net
sales of certain income statement items.  See "Selected Consolidated Financial
Information", as well as the Consolidated Financial Statements, the notes
thereto and other financial information included elsewhere in the Prospectus
for more detailed financial information.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     NINE MONTHS            THREE MONTHS
                                 YEAR ENDED SEPTEMBER 30,           ENDED JUNE 30,         ENDED JUNE 30,     
                           ----------------------------------- ----------------------- -----------------------
                               1993        1994        1995        1995        1996       1995        1996    
                           ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
 <S>                          <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>        <C>
 Net sales . . . . . . . .    100.0%      100.0%      100.0%      100.0%      100.0%      100.0%     100.0%
    Cost of sales  . . . .     67.6        64.8        71.7        70.5        71.3        69.9       66.6
                           --------    --------    --------    --------    --------    --------    -------
    Gross profit . . . . .     32.4        35.2        28.3        29.5        28.7        30.1       33.4
 Selling expenses  . . . .      9.2         9.3         9.0         9.1         9.1         9.1        8.8

 General and
    administrative
    expenses . . . . . . .      7.8         7.5         7.8         7.4         7.6         6.8        6.3
 Amortization of
    intangibles  . . . . .      1.2         1.0         0.9         1.0         0.9         0.9        0.8
                           --------    --------    --------    --------    --------    --------    -------
    Operating income . . .     14.2        17.4        10.6        12.0        11.1        13.3       17.5
 Interest expense  . . . .      9.9         8.5         8.3         8.8         8.1         8.0        7.1
 Amortization of deferred
    financing costs  . . .      0.4         0.3         0.3         0.2         0.3         0.3        0.2
                           --------    --------    --------    --------    --------    --------    -------
 Income from continuing
    operations before
    provision for taxes  .      3.9         8.6         2.0         3.0         2.7         5.0       10.2
 Provision for income
    taxes  . . . . . . . .      2.1         3.7         1.3         1.7         1.4         2.4        4.1
                           --------    --------    --------    --------    --------    --------    -------
 Income from continuing
    operations . . . . . .      1.8%        4.9%        0.7%        1.3%        1.3%        2.6%       6.1%
                           =========   =========   =========   =========   =========   =========   ========
</TABLE>





                                      18
<PAGE>   21

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

         THREE MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1996 AS COMPARED TO THREE MONTHS ENDED
         JUNE 30, 1995

         Net sales for the three months ended June 30, 1996 were a record
$82,843 for a quarterly period compared to $72,767 for the same period of
fiscal 1995, an increase of  $10,076, or 13.8%.  This increase was primarily
due to increased sales of carpet backing and construction and civil engineering
products.  Carpet backing sales for the three months ended June 30, 1996 were
$37,487 compared to $34,441 for the same period of fiscal 1995, an increase of
$3,046 or 8.8%.  This increase was primarily the result of higher unit volume
in primary and secondary carpet backing partially offset by lower average
selling prices from the prior period.  Construction and civil engineering
product sales for the three months ended June 30, 1996 were $30,525 compared to
$23,780 for the same period of fiscal 1995, an increase of $6,745, or 28.4%.
This increase was primarily due to a 5.5% increase in sales of Fibermesh(R) and
a 51.1% increase in sales of geotextile and erosion control products during the
third quarter of fiscal 1996 compared to the same period in fiscal 1995.
Technical textiles sales for the three months ended June 30, 1996 were $14,831
compared to $14,546 for the same period of fiscal 1995, an increase of $285, or
2.0%, resulting primarily from sales gains in the furniture and bedding
markets.

         Gross profit for the three months ended June 30, 1996 was $27,709
compared to $21,900 for the same period of fiscal 1995, an increase of $5,809,
or 26.5%.  As a percentage of sales, gross profit increased to 33.4% from
30.1%.  This increase was primarily due to increased sales volumes as well as
lower average polypropylene costs.  See "--Introduction".

         Selling expenses for the three months ended June 30, 1996 increased
$680, or 10.3%, to $7,307 as compared to $6,627 for the same period of fiscal
1995, reflecting increased expenditures associated with higher sales volume as
well as increased marketing expenses.  These expenses related to the Company's
strategy to leverage its market position in its core businesses as well as the
Company's expectation of higher sales resulting from the completion of its
capacity expansion program later this year.  As a percentage of sales, selling
expenses decreased from 9.1% to 8.8%, principally due to the significant
increase in sales without a corresponding increase in selling costs.

         General and administrative expenses for the three months ended June
30, 1996 were $5,233 compared to $4,943 for the same period of fiscal 1995, an
increase of $290, or 5.9%, principally due to expenditures related to continued
improvements in the Company's Management Information Systems.  As a percentage
of sales, general and administrative expenses decreased from 6.8% to 6.3%,
principally due to the increase in sales without a corresponding increase in
general and administrative expenses.

         Operating income for the three months ended June 30, 1996 was $14,521
compared to $9,682 for the same period of fiscal 1995, an increase of $4,839,
or 50%.  As a percentage of sales, operating income increased to 17.5% from
13.3%.  This increase was primarily due to the factors discussed above.

         Total interest expense for the three months ended June 30, 1996 was
$5,863 compared to $5,846 for the same period of fiscal 1995, principally due
to higher average borrowings under the Credit Facility partially offset by
lower effective interest rates.

         The effective income tax rate for the three months ended June 30, 1996
was 40.0% compared to 48.5% for the same period of 1995, principally due to the
effect of higher nondeductible expenses, including the amortization of
goodwill, on lower taxable income in fiscal 1995.

         Net income for the three months ended June 30, 1996 was a record
$5,093 for a quarterly period compared to $1,879 for the same period of fiscal
1995, an increase of $3,214, or 171%.  This increase was primarily due to
higher sales volumes and lower average polypropylene costs.





                                      19
<PAGE>   22
         NINE MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1996 AS COMPARED TO NINE MONTHS ENDED JUNE
         30, 1995

         Net sales for the nine months ended June 30, 1996 were $212,060
compared to $194,349 for the same period of fiscal 1995, an increase of
$17,711, or 9.1%.  This increase was primarily due to increased sales of carpet
backing and construction and civil engineering products.  Carpet backing sales
for the nine months ended June 30, 1996 were $106,376 compared to $98,748 for
the same period of fiscal 1995, an increase of $7,628, or 7.7%.  This increase
was the result of higher unit volume in primary and secondary carpet backing,
partially offset by lower average selling prices.  Construction and civil
engineering product sales for the nine months ended June 30, 1996 were $64,981
compared to $54,134 for the same period of fiscal 1995, an increase of $10,847
or 20%.  This increase was due to an increase in sales of geotextile and
erosion control fabrics of $10,771, or 41.9%, resulting primarily from nonwoven
sales in the landfill and roadway and building site markets.  Technical
textiles sales for the nine months ended June 30, 1996 were $40,703 compared to
$41,467 for the same period of fiscal 1995, a decrease of $764, or 1.8%.  This
decrease was primarily due to an adverse condition in the agricultural market
that the Company serves as well as the discontinuance of several product lines
which did not meet the Company's strategic and profitability objectives,
partially offset by sales increases in the furniture and bedding markets.

         Gross profit for the nine months ended June 30, 1996 was $60,839
compared to $57,399 for the same period of fiscal 1995, an increase of $3,440,
or 6.0%.  As a percentage of sales, gross profit decreased from 29.5% to 28.7%.
These results were primarily due to lower average carpet backing selling prices
and increased manufacturing costs associated with plant shutdowns due to the
winter ice storms in 1996.  See "--Introduction".

         Selling expenses for the nine months ended June 30, 1996 were $19,259
compared to $17,591 for the same period of fiscal 1995, an increase of $1,668,
or 9.5%.  This increase was primarily due to increased expenditures associated
with higher sales volume as well as increased marketing expenses.  These
expenses related to the Company's strategy to leverage its market position in
its core businesses as well as the Company's expectation of higher sales
resulting from the completion of its capacity expansion program later this
year.  As a percentage of sales, selling expenses remained constant at 9.1% of
sales.

         General and administrative expenses for the nine months ended June 30,
1996 were $16,024 compared to $14,453 for the same period of fiscal 1995, an
increase of $1,571, or 10.9%.  As a percentage of sales, general and
administrative expenses increased from 7.4% to 7.6%.  This increase was
primarily due to the increased marketing expenses related to the Company's
expectation of higher sales resulting from the completion of its capacity
expansion program later this year as well as an increased investment in the
Company's Management Information Systems.

         Operating income for the nine months ended June 30, 1996 was $23,612
compared to $23,437 for the same period of fiscal 1995, an increase of $175, or
0.7%.  As a percentage of sales, operating income decreased to 11.1% from
12.1%.  These changes were primarily due to the factors discussed above.

         Total interest expense for the nine months ended June 30, 1996 was
$17,253 compared to $17,027 for the same period of fiscal 1995, an increase of
$226, or 1.3%. This increase was primarily due to higher average total
borrowings outstanding under the Credit Facility, partially offset by lower
interest rates.

         The effective income tax rate for the nine months ended June 30, 1996
was 52.3% as compared to 56.4% for the same period of 1995, principally due to
the timing of certain nondeductible expense charges in 1995.  Nondeductible
expense charges include the amortization of goodwill.

         Net income for the nine months ended June 30, 1996 was $2,786 compared
to $2,555 for the same period of fiscal 1995, an increase of $231, or 9.0%.
This increase was primarily due to higher sales volumes, partially offset by
lower average selling prices, higher manufacturing costs associated with plant
shutdowns as a result of the winter ice storms in 1996 and increased selling,
general and administrative expenses in expectation of future sales growth.





                                      20
<PAGE>   23
         FISCAL 1995 COMPARED TO FISCAL 1994

         Net sales for fiscal 1995 were $271,427 compared to $234,977 for
fiscal 1994, an increase of $36,450, or 15.5%.  This increase was primarily due
to unit volume growth in certain product lines and higher average selling
prices.  Carpet backing sales for fiscal 1995 were $133,025 compared to
$117,791 for fiscal 1994, an increase of $15,234, or 12.9%.  This increase was
primarily due to higher unit volume due in part to increased market share in
both primary and secondary carpet backing as well as higher selling prices as
compared to fiscal 1994.  Construction and civil engineering product sales for
fiscal 1995 were $82,933 compared to $68,706 for fiscal 1994, an increase of
$14,227, or 20.7%.  This increase was primarily due to a significant growth in
sales of geosynthetic products as well as an increase in sales of Fibermesh(R)
fibers.  Technical textiles sales for fiscal 1995 were $55,469 compared to
$48,480 for fiscal 1994, an increase of $6,989, or 14.4%.  This increase was
primarily due to unit volume growth in the furniture and bedding markets.

         Gross profit for fiscal 1995 was $76,721 compared to $82,672 for
fiscal 1994, a decrease of $5,951, or 7.2%.  As a percentage of sales, gross
profit decreased to 28.3% from 35.2%.  This decrease was primarily due to the
higher polypropylene costs, offset partially by higher average selling prices.
See "--Introduction".

         Selling expenses for fiscal 1995 were $24,273 compared to $21,815 for
fiscal 1994, an increase of $2,458, or 11.3%.  This increase was primarily due
to increased marketing efforts in the construction and civil engineering
products lines as a direct result of increased  sales.  However, as a
percentage of sales, selling expenses decreased from 9.3% to 8.9%.

         General and administrative expenses for fiscal 1995 were $21,195
compared to $17,588 for fiscal 1994, an increase of $3,607, or 20.5%.  As a
percentage of sales, general and administrative expenses increased from 7.5% to
7.8%.  This increase was primarily due to a charge of $2,852 related to an
increase in the allowance for doubtful accounts during the fourth quarter of
fiscal 1995.  The charge was taken to establish a reserve for accounts
receivable for a carpet backing customer who experienced severe financial
difficulties.  The Company believes the reserve provided is adequate for this
account to cover any future potential losses and in the opinion of management,
no significant future loss of revenue is anticipated.

         Operating income for fiscal 1995 was $28,687 compared to $40,770 for
fiscal 1994, a decrease of $12,083, or 29.6%.  As a percentage of sales,
operating income decreased to 10.6% from 17.4%.  This decrease was primarily
due to the change in gross profit associated with higher raw material costs.

         Total interest expense for fiscal 1995 was $22,514 compared to $20,011
for fiscal 1994.  This increase was due to a higher average total debt
outstanding and a higher base rate for the Credit Facility.

         The effective income tax rate for fiscal 1995 was 64.3% compared to
43% for fiscal 1994.  The increase was primarily due to the effect of
nondeductible expenses, including the amortization of goodwill, on lower
taxable income in fiscal 1995.

         Net income for fiscal 1995 was $1,936 compared to $11,420 for fiscal
1994, a decrease of $9,484, or 83%.  This decrease was primarily due to
increased raw material and interest costs.

         FISCAL 1994 COMPARED TO FISCAL 1993

         Net sales for fiscal 1994 were $234,977, as compared to $210,516 for
fiscal 1993, an increase of $24,461, or 11.6%.  This increase was the result of
increased sales of carpet backing and construction and civil engineering
products offset by a decrease in sales of technical textiles.  Carpet backing
sales for fiscal 1994 were $117,791, as compared to $106,406 for fiscal 1993,
an increase of $11,385, or 10.7%.  This was principally due to increased volume
due in part to increased market share of both primary and secondary carpet
backing.  Construction and civil engineering product





                                      21
<PAGE>   24
sales were $68,706 for fiscal 1994, as compared to $47,899 for fiscal 1993, an
increase of $20,807, or 43.4%.  This was due to a 20.4% increase in
Fibermesh(R) sales and an 85% increase in sales of geotextiles and erosion
control fabrics.  Technical textiles sales were $48,480 for fiscal 1994, as
compared to $56,211 for fiscal 1993, a decrease of $7,731, or 13.8%.  This
decrease was principally due to the phase out of several product lines which
did not meet the Company's strategic and profitability objectives. The
equipment associated with the discontinued product lines was redirected to the
additional production of woven geotextiles.

         Gross profit for fiscal 1994 was $82,672, as compared to $68,335 for
fiscal 1993, an increase of $14,337, or 21.0%.  As a percentage of net sales,
gross profit increased from 32.5% for fiscal 1993 to 35.2% in fiscal 1994.  The
increase in gross profit was due primarily to the increased sales volume, as
well as increased gross margin on such sales.  Gross margin improved
principally as a result of lower average polypropylene costs during fiscal
1994.  See "--Introduction".

         Selling expenses for fiscal 1994 were $21,815, as compared to 19,395
for fiscal 1993, an increase of $2,420, or 12.5%.  The increase in selling
expenses was primarily due to the growth in net sales.  As a percentage of net
sales, selling expenses increased from 9.2% to 9.3%.  General and
administrative expenses for fiscal 1994 were $17,588, as compared to $16,404
for fiscal 1993, an increase of $1,184, or 7.2%.  However, as a percentage of
net sales, general and administrative expenses decreased from 7.8% to 7.5%.

         Operating income was $40,770 for fiscal 1994 compared to $29,921 for
fiscal 1993.  As a percentage of net sales, operating income increased to 17.4%
in fiscal 1994 from 14.2% in fiscal 1993.  The increase in operating income was
primarily due to increased gross profit partially offset by higher selling
expenses.

         Interest expense for fiscal 1994 was $20,011 as compared to $20,854
for fiscal 1993.  This decrease was a result of decreased average borrowings
under the Credit Facility and the redemption of the Company's $40,000 zero
coupon junior debenture due December 1, 1999, at its accreted value ($17,093)
during 1993, partially offset by the interest payments made in fiscal 1994
relating to the Debentures.

         The effective income tax rate for fiscal 1994 was 43.0% as compared to
55.0% for fiscal 1993, principally due to the effect of nondeductible expenses
on lower income in fiscal 1993.

         Income from continuing operations for fiscal 1994 was $11,420 as
compared to $3,662 for fiscal 1993, an increase of $7,758, or 211.9%.  The
Company had net income of $11,420 for fiscal 1994 compared to a net loss of
$12,310 for fiscal 1993.  The net loss for fiscal 1993 included an
extraordinary loss of $8,892 (net of tax) from the early extinguishment of
debt, a charge of $8,500 for the cumulative effect on prior fiscal years of a
change in accounting principle for income taxes, and a gain of $1,420 from the
reversal of a provision for disposal of discontinued operations in fiscal 1992.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

         To finance its capital expenditures program and fund its operational
needs, the Company has relied upon cash provided by operations, supplemented as
necessary by bank lines of credit and long-term indebtedness.  Cash provided by
(used in) operating activities was $18,353 and ($11,934) for the nine months
ended June 30, 1996 and 1995, respectively, and ($35) and $23,962 for fiscal
1995 and 1994, respectively.

         Cash provided by operating activities in the nine months ended June
30, 1996 and 1995 consists of net income of $2,786 and $2,555, respectively,
after deducting non-cash charges of $13,544 and $12,788 and changes in net
working capital of $2,023 and ($27,277) for each respective period.  The
increase in cash provided by operating activities during the nine months ended
June 30, 1996 as compared to 1995 was principally due to fluctuations in the
Company's working capital requirements.  The changes included reduced inventory
and accounts payable balances in





                                      22
<PAGE>   25
1996 resulting primarily from lower inventory quantities and lower
polypropylene costs, as well as increased collections on accounts receivable.

         Cash provided by (used in) operating activities in fiscal 1995 and
1994 resulted primarily from net income of $1,936 and $11,420, respectively,
after deducting non-cash charges of $17,945 and $16,703 and net working capital
changes of approximately ($19,916) and ($4,161), for each respective period.
The decrease in cash provided by operating activities in fiscal 1995 as
compared to fiscal 1994 was principally due to lower net income and
fluctuations in working capital requirements.  Working capital requirements
increased primarily due to increases in accounts receivable, inventory and
accounts payable.  The increase in accounts receivable results from increased
sales over the prior year particularly in certain seasonal product lines.  The
increases in inventory and accounts payable result from the effects of higher
polypropylene costs, as well as increased units in finished goods and raw
materials.  Working capital amounted to $66,800 and $70,452 at June 30, 1996
and 1995, respectively, and $69,039 and $44,114 at September 30, 1995 and 1994,
respectively.

         Capital expenditures in fiscal 1995 and 1994 were approximately
$13,300 and $31,900, respectively.  The Company has planned $37,000 of capital
expenditures during fiscal 1996, primarily to increase woven manufacturing
capacity at its largest facility.  Of this amount,  $30,439 has been spent
through June 30, 1996, including a capital lease to finance $5,000 of
equipment.  The Company expects to incur approximately $35,000 of additional
capital expenditures in each of fiscal 1997 and 1998, primarily to expand
capacity and to continue to reduce manufacturing costs, subject in each case to
prevailing market conditions.

         The Credit Facility provides for potential borrowing capacity of up to
$85,000 and is comprised of term loan borrowings of $45,000 (of which $10,000
is payable in 1999 and $17,500 is payable in each of 2000 and 2001) and a
revolving credit loan portion (the "Revolver") of up to $40,000.  The Revolver
provides for availability based on a borrowing formula consisting of 85% of
eligible accounts receivable and 50% of eligible inventory, subject to certain
limitations.  The maximum amount available for borrowing under the Revolver at
June 30, 1996 was $25,691.  The Credit Facility expires on October 1, 2001.
See "Description of Certain Indebtedness".

         On December 14, 1992, the Company issued $140,000 of the Debentures,
which represent unsecured obligations of the Company.  The Debentures are
redeemable at the option of the Company at any time on or after December 1,
1997, at an initial redemption price of 106.375% of their principal amount
together with accrued interest, with declining redemption prices thereafter.
Interest on the Debentures is payable semi-annually on June 1 and December 1.

         At June 30, 1996, the Company's total outstanding indebtedness
amounted to $204,205.  Such indebtedness consists primarily of borrowings under
the Credit Facility of $58,014, $140,000 aggregate principal amount of the
Debentures and an outstanding  capital lease obligation of $4,843 dated as of
May 28, 1996.  Cash interest paid during the nine months ended June 30, 1996
and 1995 was $21,125 and $21,079, respectively, and during fiscal 1995, 1994
and 1993 was $22,334, $19,787 and $14,913, respectively.  The Company intends
to use the estimated net proceeds of approximately $25,325 from the Offering to
repay the Revolver borrowings and a portion of term loan borrowings under the
Credit Facility.  See "Use of Proceeds" and "Capitalization".

         Based on current levels of operations and anticipated growth, the
Company's management expects cash from operations to provide sufficient cash
flow to satisfy the debt service requirements of the long-term obligations,
including interest thereon, permit anticipated capital expenditures and fund
the Company's working capital requirements for the next twelve months.





                                      23
<PAGE>   26
INFLATION AND SEASONALITY

         The Company does not believe that its operations have been materially
affected by inflation during the three most recent fiscal years.  While the
Company does not expect that inflation will have a material impact upon
operating results, there is no assurance that its business will not be affected
by inflation in the future.

         The Company's sales and income from continuing operations have
historically been higher in the third and fourth quarters of its fiscal year.
While sales and operating income in the carpet backing and technical textile
product lines are not greatly affected by seasonal trends, sales of
construction and civil engineering products are lower in the first and second
quarters of any given fiscal year due to the impact of adverse weather
conditions on the construction and civil engineering markets.  Consequently, as
sales from construction and civil engineering products continue to increase as
a percentage of the Company's total sales, the seasonality of these products'
sales will affect total sales of the Company to a greater degree.

RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

         In March 1995, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB")
issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards ("SFAS") No. 121,
"Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets
to be Disposed Of," which requires impairment losses to be recorded on
long-lived assets used in operations when indicators of impairment are present
and the undiscounted cash flows estimated to be generated by those assets are
less than the assets' carrying amount.  SFAS No. 121 also addresses the
accounting for long-lived assets that are expected to be disposed of.  SFAS No.
121 is effective for financial statements for fiscal years beginning after
December 15, 1995; therefore, the Company will adopt SFAS No. 121 in the first
quarter of fiscal 1997 and, based on current circumstances, does not believe
the effect of adoption will be material.

         In October 1995, the FASB issued SFAS No. 123, "Accounting for
Stock-Based Compensation" which will be effective for the Company beginning
October 1, 1996.  SFAS No. 123 establishes financial accounting and reporting
standards for stock-based employee compensation plans.  The Company will
account for stock-based compensation awards under the provisions of Accounting
Principles Board Opinion No. 25, as permitted by SFAS No. 123.  In accordance
with SFAS No. 123, beginning in the fiscal year ended September 30, 1997, the
Company will make pro forma disclosures relative to stock-based compensation as
part of the accompanying footnotes to the consolidated financial statements.





                                      24
<PAGE>   27

                                    BUSINESS

THE COMPANY

         The Company is one of the world's leading producers of polypropylene
fabrics and fibers for the home furnishing, construction, environmental,
recreational and agricultural industries.  The Company manufactures and sells
more than 2,000 products in over 65 end-use markets.  The Company believes that
it is the second largest producer of carpet backing in the world and is the
largest producer of synthetic fiber additives for concrete reinforcement
through its Fibermesh(R) line of products.  SI also produces polypropylene
products for the geotextile and erosion control markets and is a leader in
designing innovative products for specialty applications.  The Company's
products are engineered to meet specific customer criteria such as strength,
flexibility, resistance to sunlight, water/air permeability and resistance to
bacteria.  The Company aims to compete in markets in which it can be the
primary or secondary provider of such products, with over 93% of its products
meeting this criterion.  The Company's consolidated sales have grown from $188
million in fiscal 1991 to $271 million in fiscal 1995.

         The Company's products are sold along three principal product lines:
carpet backing, construction and civil engineering products, and technical
textiles.  The Company has a worldwide presence in carpet backing, a woven
fabric used in all modern tufted carpets, and is one of the two leading
manufacturers in the U.S. that produce a broad range of primary and secondary
carpet backing.  Carpet backing accounted for approximately 49% of the
Company's fiscal 1995 sales.  The Company's construction and civil engineering
products are its fastest growing product line and include fiber additives for
concrete reinforcement and environmental and geotextile products used in
roadways, landfills and building sites to stabilize soils and control erosion.
The Company's sales to the construction and civil engineering market have grown
from approximately $24 million in fiscal 1991 to approximately $83 million in
fiscal 1995.  These products represented approximately 31% of the Company's
total sales in fiscal 1995, up from approximately 13% of total sales in fiscal
1991.  The Company's technical textile products are comprised of specialty
fabrics, industrial yarns and fibers used in diverse applications such as
filtration (e.g., wastewater treatment, air filtration and bauxite mining),
agriculture (e.g., shade cloth and ground cover) and recreation (e.g., swimming
pool covers and trampoline mats).  These products are highly engineered to meet
niche customer applications and represented approximately 20% of fiscal 1995
sales.  The Company's products are principally sold through direct sales to
customers by the Company's sales force and through a broad network of
distributors located across North and South America, Europe and the Pacific
Rim.

         Management believes that the Company has a reputation in its markets
as a high quality, cost-efficient manufacturer.  The Company is committed to
maintaining its market leadership and reputation for innovation through capital
investment in facilities and state-of-the-art equipment, by hiring and training
skilled employees and through process control standards and productivity
improvements.  The Company has been awarded ISO-9002 certification at all of
its major manufacturing facilities, and believes it is the only U.S.
manufacturer in a majority of its markets to have been awarded such
certification.  SI invested approximately $80 million in capital improvements
in its facilities and equipment during the five year period ended September 30,
1995, and is currently completing a major $35 million, 130,000 square foot
expansion of its largest manufacturing facility.  Based on existing product
prices and demand, this expansion should increase the Company's sales by as
much as $30 million over the next twelve months.  The Company is one of the
largest independent consumers of polypropylene in the world.  The Company also
believes its position as a vertically-integrated manufacturer -- performing
each step in the conversion of polypropylene into value-added end products --
provides a competitive advantage by allowing the Company to manufacture high
quality products to customer's specifications, while controlling manufacturing
costs.

         The Company's principal business strategy is to leverage its market
presence in its core businesses into additional growth while maintaining its
market position as a high quality, cost-efficient manufacturer.  The primary
components of this strategy are to expand penetration of existing markets,
develop innovative products, strengthen market position in carpet backing,
continue to improve manufacturing efficiencies and expand manufacturing
capacity and pursue strategic acquisitions.





                                      25
<PAGE>   28
HISTORY

         The Company was founded in 1969 to produce polypropylene-based primary
carpet backing.  Following the acquisition of the Company in 1976 by a group of
private investors, the Company diversified into the manufacture and sale of
polypropylene-based industrial fabrics and specialty yarns.  Between 1981 and
1983, the Company entered the construction and civil engineering products
market, initially by manufacturing woven geotextiles and later through its
introduction of Fibermesh(R) fibers for concrete reinforcement.  In 1985, the
Company added secondary carpet backing to its product offerings.  In 1990, the
Company purchased a technical synthetic fabrics operation located in
Gainesville, Georgia, from Chicopee, a subsidiary of Johnson & Johnson (the
"Chicopee Acquisition").  In addition to broadening the Company's line of
geosynthetic products, the acquisition gave the Company access to new markets
for high performance geotextiles.  As a result of improved fiber technology and
increased fiber manufacturing capabilities, the Company opened its sixth
facility, the nonwoven geotextile plant in Ringgold, Georgia in 1992, enabling
the Company to offer a full line of geotextile products.

         The Company was acquired by the Selling Stockholder in December 1986.
All of the issued and outstanding Common Stock is currently owned by the
Selling Stockholder.  See "The Company", "Principal and Selling Stockholders"
and "Certain Relationships and Related Transactions".

INDUSTRY OVERVIEW

         The Company manufactures polypropylene fiber, most of which it
consumes internally to manufacture its products.  Polypropylene fiber is the
second largest polymeric material used in synthetic fabrics, representing
approximately 30% of the total U.S. synthetic fiber market, behind polyester
and ahead of nylon.  According to the Society for the Plastics Industry
("SPI"), total domestic production of polypropylene fiber was approximately 3
billion pounds in 1995 and grew at an annual rate of approximately 9.3% per
year in the period from 1993 to 1995.

         In 1995, the Company was one of the largest manufacturers of
polypropylene fiber in the U.S. with approximately 8% of total domestic output.
The top ten manufacturers of polypropylene fiber in the United States generate
approximately 70% of the annual domestic output of polypropylene fiber.  Most
of the large producers of polypropylene fiber, including the Company, are
vertically integrated, converting polypropylene into fiber which can be used to
manufacture fabrics or can be sold directly to other manufacturers.  These
large producers often have significant shares of the markets in which they
compete, such as the Company's share of the primary and secondary carpet
backing markets and concrete fiber reinforcement market.

         Most of the products manufactured by the Company are woven and
nonwoven polypropylene fabrics.  Woven polypropylene fabrics are produced by
weaving narrow tapes of slit film, which are made by extruding polypropylene
into long sheets.  Such fabrics are characterized by high strength to weight
ratios.  All of the Company's carpet backing products and approximately 53% of
its civil engineering products are woven polypropylene fabrics.  Nonwoven
polypropylene fabrics are produced by mechanically interlocking fibers with
barbed needles.  Several of the Company's technical textile products and 47% of
its civil engineering products, principally for waste containment,  roadway and
building site applications, are nonwoven polypropylene fabrics.

         Approximately 45% of the polypropylene fiber manufactured by the
Company is used by the Company to make carpet backing.  The Carpet and Rug
Institute ("CRI") estimates that 1995 U.S. shipments of primary polypropylene
carpet backing were approximately 1.64 billion square yards.  The Company
believes that 1995 U.S. shipments of secondary polypropylene carpet backing
were 1.56 billion square yards, or approximately 95% of primary carpet backing
shipments.  The Company shipped worldwide an aggregate of 790 million square
yards of primary and secondary polypropylene carpet backing in 1995.  According
to CRI, growth of total domestic primary carpet backing shipments averaged 1.6%
in the period from 1993 to 1995 and 4.1% for the six months ended June 30,
1996.  The growth rate of the Company's primary and secondary carpet backing
shipments has generally exceeded that of the market, with an
        




                                      26
<PAGE>   29
average annual increase in shipments of 7.7% for the period from fiscal 1993 to
fiscal 1995 and 8.9% for the nine months ended June 30, 1996.

         Approximately 33% of the polypropylene fiber manufactured by the
Company is used to make construction and civil engineering products, of which
approximately 22% and 11% are geotextiles and concrete reinforcing fibers,
respectively.  According to Industrial Fabrics Association International,
approximately 414 million square yards of woven and nonwoven geotextiles were
shipped domestically in 1995 for the civil engineering fabric market.
According to industry sources, domestic shipments of woven and nonwoven
geotextiles are expected to grow at an average annual rate of approximately 6%
over the next five years.  The growth rate of the Company's civil engineering
product lines has outpaced that of the market with average annual growth in
shipments of 48.9% for the period from fiscal 1993 to fiscal 1995.  In
addition, the Company believes that its Fibermesh(R) products currently have a
70% share of the fiber reinforced concrete industry.  Fibermesh(R) concrete
reinforcing fiber shipments grew at an average annual rate of 16.0% for the
period from fiscal 1993 to fiscal 1995.

         Approximately 22% of the polypropylene fiber manufactured by the
Company is used to make technical textiles.  The technical textiles market
consists of a large number of relatively stable product lines with annual sales
in each product line of approximately $10 million to $12 million.  The Company
expects to generate growth in its technical textiles sales through new products
such as building product components and nonwoven furniture construction
fabrics.

BUSINESS STRATEGY

         The Company's goals are to maintain steady growth in its core
business, develop innovative and value-added products to expand its product
lines, penetrate new international markets, and continue to create new high
margin niche products out of engineered fabrics and fibers.  The Company seeks
to be the leading or second supplier in its chosen markets by delivering
high-quality products at competitive prices.  Key elements of the Company's
strategy to achieve these goals are:

         EXPAND PENETRATION OF EXISTING MARKETS

         The Company is committed to expanding sales in markets where it
currently has a leadership position by increasing market penetration through
the offering of a broader product line to meet its customers' varied needs and
by expanding its customer base.  The Company is pursuing this goal through (i)
the expansion of geographical coverage of its sales effort; (ii) the
development of applications-oriented marketing efforts that focus on the
Company's product solutions as alternatives to traditional industry practices;
(iii) increased customer acceptance of its products created through stringent
quality standards and industry accreditation for its test labs; and (iv) the
use of in-house technical consultants to educate industry leaders as to the
cost savings offered by the Company's products as compared to traditional
solutions.

         The Company believes that it has significant expansion opportunities
for its existing products.  The Company is developing comprehensive marketing
efforts to increase sales of its products in existing markets and to penetrate
new domestic and international markets, particularly Europe and the Pacific
Rim, by increasing awareness of its products among existing and potential
customers.  The Company focuses on education of its customers' engineering
support personnel, advertising and application-oriented marketing efforts as it
seeks to expand acceptance of its products.  The Company has experienced
success with this strategy, as evidenced by the growth of its civil engineering
product line for which sales have increased from $17.0 million in fiscal 1993
to $42.4 million in fiscal 1995, and which were $36.5 million for the nine
months ended June 30, 1996 as compared to $25.6 million for the comparable
period in 1995.  Within this product line, the Company has focused on the
roadway and building site, erosion control and waste containment sectors.
Among the Company's other products, nonwoven geotextile sales to the roadway
and building site markets have grown from $4.8 million in fiscal 1993 to $16.2
million in fiscal 1995 and were $13.0 million for the nine months ended June
30, 1996.





                                      27
<PAGE>   30

         The Company has also expanded its presence in international markets
primarily through additional distribution arrangements, increased marketing
efforts focused primarily on major international construction projects and the
expansion of its international sales force.  As a result, total international
sales increased from $16.6 million in fiscal 1993 to $33.8 million in fiscal
1995 and were $21 million for the nine months ended June 30, 1996.

         DEVELOP INNOVATIVE PRODUCTS

         The Company seeks to develop innovative products and modify existing
products in response to specific customer needs and to establish new markets
through the development of novel applications for its existing products.  By
increasing its expenditures for research, product development and marketing,
the Company believes it will be able to capitalize on its manufacturing
strengths and distribution network to introduce new value added products and
extend product lines to complement its existing product base.  For example, the
Company's specially designed Fibermesh(R) MD products provide after-crack
strength retention to concrete, thus mitigating immediate failure of the
concrete.  Since its introduction in 1991, sales of Fibermesh(R) MD have grown
to $26 million in fiscal 1995 and were $17.9 million for the nine months ended
June 30, 1996.

         The redesign and enhancement of its core products have also resulted
in the development of high strength geotextiles and the Company's building
material products.  These developments utilize existing weaving technology to
permit construction over extremely weak soils and to replace fiberglass in
certain construction applications such as wallboard.  The Company's soil
reinforcement fibers are used in roadway construction and maintenance and its
biotechnical composite three dimensional mats enable vegetation to be grown on
steep slopes and in high-flow water channels.  The Company believes that these
products are environmentally friendly, aesthetically pleasing and low-cost
alternatives to crushed rock.  The Company has also developed a new line of
products that are manufactured using the same production techniques as nonwoven
geotextiles but are used as vinyl substrates and spill control products.

         STRENGTHEN MARKET POSITION IN CARPET BACKING

         The Company intends to increase its carpet backing market share
through (i) continued capital investment in state-of-the-art equipment for
additional carpet backing production capacity, (ii) expansion of sales in the
growing commercial carpet sector of the domestic market and (iii) the continued
development and strengthening of its relationships with key customers.  The
Company's sales of primary and secondary carpet backing have grown from $106.4
million in fiscal 1993 to $133.0 million in fiscal 1995, and $106.4 million for
the nine months ended June 30, 1996 as compared to $98.7 million for the same
period in 1995.  To support this growth, beginning in fiscal 1994, the Company
introduced a new production initiative supported by capital expenditures in
each of fiscal 1994, 1995 and 1996.  Recent expenditures include investments to
expand capacity and improve production output through installation of
state-of-the-art equipment, including the Company's soon to be completed 88
loom, $35 million expansion at its largest manufacturing facility that should
increase the Company's current capacity in carpet backing by approximately
16.0%.

         Despite the Company's recent strong growth, customer demand for the
Company's products has exceeded capacity.  The Company believes it is well
positioned, based upon its relationships with its customers, the quality of its
products and its planned expansion in manufacturing capacity, to gain market
share.   While the Company estimates that its share of the domestic 
residential carpet backing market is 22%, in the growing commercial carpet 
segment of the U.S. market, which currently represents approximately 25% of 
the total U.S. carpet market, its share is less than 10%.

         The Company has successfully cultivated long-term relationships with
key customers, which include nine of the top ten largest carpet manufacturers
in the world.  The Company's success in developing and strengthening its
relationships with these and other key customers is attributable to its
commitment to product quality, dedication to customer technical service and
sensitivity and responsiveness to changing customer needs.





                                      28
<PAGE>   31
         CONTINUE TO IMPROVE MANUFACTURING EFFICIENCIES AND EXPAND 
         MANUFACTURING CAPACITY

         The Company is committed to implementing improvements throughout its
manufacturing system that will increase product volume and lower costs.  The
Company's product design teams continuously seek to incorporate new operating
capabilities that enhance or maintain performance specifications while lowering
the cost of manufacturing its products.  State-of-the-art equipment, much of
which has been developed with direct input from internal engineers, has been
modified and installed to exceed manufacturing processing specifications, to
continuously measure process parameters and to maintain very narrow tolerances,
resulting in less product variation.  As a result, the Company has been able to
improve its manufacturing processes to utilize less labor and material and
produce higher quality fabrics.  In addition, the Company maintains a human
resource program aimed at capturing productivity gains through team building,
formal training and employee empowerment.

         The Company also believes that its sales are enhanced as a result of
its reputation for quality control and process improvement (especially in
markets where product reliability is critical, such as waste containment).  The
Company has led this market by being the first (and in many cases, the only)
manufacturer to achieve ISO-9002 quality certification for its manufacturing
facilities.  In addition, the Company was the first geosynthetic manufacturer
to have its own test laboratories accredited by the Geosynthetic Research
Institute which assures that a quality system and laboratory infrastructure is
in place to perform specific tests required in the industry.

         The Company believes that increasing manufacturing capacity at its
existing plants will provide the capability to gain market share in its current
markets and to continue to expand into new markets.  The Company has invested
approximately $80 million in capital improvements and new facilities during the
five year period ended September 30, 1995 and continuously evaluates
opportunities to expand its existing production capacity, add new capabilities
and enhance production technologies.  Specifically, in response to
opportunities in the nonwoven market, the Company constructed a
state-of-the-art nonwoven facility in 1992 which management believes to be one
of the largest such facilities in the United States.  This facility today
generates sales exceeding $35 million per year as its products support the
geotextile, furniture and building materials markets.  The Company's soon to be
completed $35 million capital expenditure will increase capacity for carpet
backing and woven geotextile production, thus expanding the Company's market
base and should increase consolidated sales over the next twelve months by a
projected $30 million.  Included in this expansion is a 130,000 square foot
building addition to the Company's largest manufacturing facility, 88 new looms
and related equipment to support these looms.  The Company plans to continue to
spend additional capital to increase its manufacturing capability for primary
and secondary carpet backing, and woven and nonwoven geotextiles, subject to
prevailing market conditions.

         PURSUE STRATEGIC ACQUISITIONS

         The Company is continually evaluating the potential acquisition of
companies, technologies or products which will complement its existing product
lines and manufacturing and distribution strengths.  Acquisition opportunities
will be evaluated based on the strategic fit, the expected return on capital
invested and the ability of management to improve the profitability of acquired
operations through cost reductions and other synergies with existing
operations.

PRODUCTS

         The Company develops, manufactures and sells a wide array of
polypropylene-based industrial fibers and fabrics along its three principal
product lines: carpet backing, construction and civil engineering, which
comprises environmental/geotextile products and concrete reinforcement
products, and technical textiles.  The Company manufactures five basic yarn and
fiber types, from which approximately 2,000 products are manufactured to serve
in excess of 65 end- use markets.  The Company aims to compete in markets in
which it can be the primary or secondary provider of such products, with over
93% of its products meeting this criterion.  Although end-use applications are
diverse, the Company has been able to leverage its manufacturing expertise to
introduce new products that often define industry standards.  Through research,
internal developments, marketing and acquisitions, the Company has developed





                                       29
<PAGE>   32
or acquired new technologies to capitalize on a broad range of new niche
product opportunities, enabling it to expand beyond its traditional primary
carpet backing business.  Since 1981, the following product lines have been
added to the Company's portfolio:  filtration, specialty yarns, geotextiles,
Fibermesh(R) concrete reinforcing fibers, secondary carpet backing, staple
fibers, erosion control fibers, soil reinforcing fibers and high performance
wovens and nonwovens.  This diversification has contributed to average annual
sales increases of 21.5% for the period from fiscal 1986 to fiscal 1990 and
10.9% for the period from fiscal 1991 to fiscal 1995.

         CARPET BACKING

         Carpet backing is the Company's oldest and largest product line.
Carpet backing represented approximately 50.5%, 50.1% and 49.0%, or $106.4
million, $117.8 million and $133.0 million, of the Company's fiscal 1993, 1994
and 1995 net sales, respectively.  The technology utilized in the Company's
carpet backing business has provided the basic woven fabric technology for the
Company's other product lines.  For example, certain geotextiles, agriculture
fabrics and furniture construction fabrics are woven on the same looms used to
weave carpet backing.

         The Company's carpet backing product line consists of woven primary
and secondary fabrics in a variety of styles and widths that are manufactured
from polypropylene raw materials.  Primary carpet backing is a tightly woven
material into which carpet yarn is tufted in the manufacture of broadloom
floorcoverings.  Secondary carpet backing, which forms the base of the carpet,
is the coarser woven fabric that is laminated to the back of tufted broadloom
to insure both carpet integrity and dimensional stability.  The Company
produces a broad range of primary and secondary backing.

         The Company believes it is the second largest producer of carpet
backing in the United States, where carpeting is the most popular floor
covering material.  The total market for carpeting in the United States has
grown approximately 4% per year over the past decade.  In recent years, the
growth rate of the Company's carpet backing sales has generally outpaced that
of the market due to the Company's ability to gain market share.  Management
believes that the Company's growth rate has been limited by its production
capacity.

         CONSTRUCTION AND CIVIL ENGINEERING

         The Company's construction and civil engineering product line has two
distinct segments: environmental and geotextile products and concrete
reinforcement fibers.  Construction and civil engineering has achieved rapid
growth since 1993 when the Company enhanced its channels of distributions for
Fibermesh(R) and expanded into production of nonwoven geotextiles.
Construction and civil engineering products represented approximately 22.8%,
29.3% and 30.6%, or $47.9 million, $68.7 million and $82.9 million, of the
Company's fiscal 1993, 1994 and 1995 net sales, respectively.  Within this
product line, geotextile products principally serve the environmental market,
with end uses such as landfill containment and stabilization, erosion control
and soil stabilization, separation and reinforcement.  The construction market
includes subbase reinforcement and stabilization for highway and commercial
construction and reinforcement of conventional and pre-cast concrete.  Growth
in sales in the environmental/geotextiles sector for the period fiscal 1992 to
fiscal 1995 averaged 57.9% annually, with a 34.8% increase in fiscal 1995 over
fiscal 1994.  Fibermesh(R) concrete reinforcing fiber sales grew at an average
annual rate of 14.6% for the period from fiscal 1993 to fiscal 1995, with an
8.8% increase for the period from fiscal 1994 to fiscal 1995.

         Environmental/Geotextile Products.  The Company's 
environmental/geotextile product line consists of erosion control fabrics,
geotextiles, and soil fibers.  These products control erosion and capture
sediment; provide filtration, separation and reinforcement of soils; improve
engineering properties of native soils; protect landfill liners; and extend
pavement life.  The specifications of the Company's geosynthetic fabrics and
fibers vary depending on specific site conditions, including such factors as
slope angles, water flow velocities, climate, runoff, soil profile and ultimate
land use.  The Company's geosynthetic products generally comply with state
agency guidelines pertaining to geosynthetic products issued to date.





                                       30
<PAGE>   33
         The Company produces a variety of nonwoven geotextiles for use in
landfill construction,  asphalt roadway construction and drainage systems.  The
Company's woven geotextiles are typically used in road and building
construction to form a separation barrier between unstable soils and aggregate
foundations.  The Company's LANDLOK(R) erosion control products are used in
water runoff channels and in areas of exposed soil and shoreline erosion.
These products hold the soil in place, while allowing and supporting vegetative
growth.  LANDLOK(R) products are an environmentally friendly and aesthetically
pleasing alternative to rock or concrete erosion control methods.

         The Company has developed a strong market position in
environmental/geotextile products on the basis of sales growth and engineering
strengths.  The Company believes it is now the fastest growing supplier of
geotextiles to this market, and has the broadest environmental/geotextile
product line in North America.

         Environmental and economic concerns have contributed to an increase in
government mandates as well as industry practices to control surface runoff and
soil erosion and improve water quality.  Geotextiles tend to be more durable,
easier to use, and more cost effective as compared to similar products made of
conventional materials.  In highly populated urban areas with high
concentrations of roads and buildings the need for good conservation practices
is becoming increasingly acute.  The Company believes that this market will
continue to expand as environmental concerns continue to grow, thereby
increasing demand for the Company's products.  The Company believes its
strength as a cost- effective manufacturer of geotextiles will allow it to
continue to increase sales of current products, and introduce new products to
this market.

         Concrete Reinforcement.  The Company pioneered the concept of using
polypropylene fibers as a secondary reinforcement for concrete and developed
and introduced Fibermesh(R) to the concrete industry in 1983.  The Company
believes that its Fibermesh(R) products have a 70% share of the fiber treated
segment of the concrete industry.  All concrete reinforcement fibers, including
Fibermesh(R), have only approximately 9% penetration of the total concrete
industry.  Growth in this market will be based on increased acceptance of the
use of synthetic fibers for concrete reinforcement as a replacement for
conventional wire mesh.  The Company estimates that 250 million cubic yards of
concrete poured annually in the United States could potentially benefit from
the use of  Fibermesh(R) fibers.

         The addition of Fibermesh polypropylene fibers to the concrete mixture
gives the concrete greater crack resistance and improved impact strength.
Primary applications for fiber reinforced concrete are commercial and
residential slabs, precast pipe and other products, shotcrete installations,
and whitetopped highways.  In 1994, the Company started marketing Fibermesh(R)
fibers containing an antibacterial additive. This niche product is available
for use in concrete where bacteria growth is a concern. Primary targets are
hospitals, clinics, food processing facilities, and veterinary facilities.
Fibermesh(R) provides a cost-effective replacement for the nonstructural wire
mesh traditionally used in concrete construction and improves the concrete's
durability.  Fibermesh(R) complies with construction guidelines and
specifications issued by all of the national building code associations.  Of
the three synthetic fiber types used in fiber reinforced concrete,
polypropylene is recognized for its superior properties over nylon and
polyester.   Fibermesh(R) is sold in fibrillated, monofilament and multi-denier
designs, the latter of which is protected by a U.S. patent.

         TECHNICAL TEXTILES

         Technical textiles produced by the Company are products and systems
that offer high performance solutions for niche markets.  Technical textiles
represented approximately 26.7%, 20.6% and 20.4%, or $56.2 million, $48.5
million and $55.5 million, of the Company's fiscal 1993, 1994 and 1995 net
sales, respectively.  Technical textiles are sold to several niche markets,
including the furniture, filtration, agricultural and recreational industries,
and each product in those markets generally accounts for $10 to $12 million or
less in sales.  The Company's technical textile products are generally
differentiated on the basis of product uniqueness, quality and service rather
than price.

         The Company's technical textiles consist of specialty fabrics,
industrial yarns and fibers.  The specialty fabrics are manufactured in a
variety of widths, weights, permeability ranges and dimensional configurations
primarily from polypropylene and, to a minor extent, other synthetic fibers.
Customers use these fabrics to manufacture products used





                                       31
<PAGE>   34
in diverse applications such as filtration (e.g., bauxite mining, wastewater
treatment, electrostatic-air filters and chemical separation), agriculture
(e.g., shade for foliage protection and environmental screening), and
recreation (e.g., swimming pool covers and trampoline mats).

         The Company also sells its industrial yarns and fibers directly to
weavers, knitters, and non-woven manufacturers who produce niche market
products, such as automobile upholstery, coat linings, geotextiles, air filters
and water filtration media.

         Recent product line repackaging has created new business programs for
the Company, which programs are currently in the new product launch phase.
These programs include professional landscaping products, livestock maintenance
fabrics, antibacterial products and building product components.

MARKETING AND SALES

         Carpet Backing.  The Company sells its carpet backing products to 91
customers in the carpet industry, most of whom are carpet manufacturers located
in the United States.  In fiscal 1995, the Company's ten largest carpet backing
customers accounted for approximately 77% of its total net sales to the carpet
industry.  In fiscal 1995, sales to Shaw, the Company's largest customer,
accounted for approximately 37% of net carpet backing sales and approximately
18% of the Company's total net sales.  Shaw is estimated to have 27% of the
United States carpet market.

         The Company's carpet backing products are sold primarily through the
Company's sales force that is directed from a central sales office in Calhoun,
Georgia.  All of the sales managers have significant industry experience and
monitor ongoing product requirements, styling changes and competitive trends
affecting their customers.

         Construction and Civil Engineering.  The Company's geosynthetic
products are sold primarily in North America to regional and national
distributors, installers of landfill liners and various governmental
transportation departments, port authorities and waterway commissions.  In
fiscal 1995, the ten largest geosynthetic product customers accounted for
approximately 28% of the Company's total net sales in this product line.

         The Company's geosynthetic products are marketed by full-time
salespeople with expertise in civil engineering and agronomy who are directed
from a central office in Chattanooga, Tennessee.  These salespeople, along with
a technical support staff at Company headquarters, provide design and field
engineering services to customers.  They also are integral to the process of
obtaining required governmental permits for use of the products by end-users.
In addition, the Company has an ongoing marketing communications program to
build awareness of product capabilities and expand interest in and use of
geotextiles.

         Fibermesh(R) is sold through a direct sales force to ready-mix concrete
companies and precast concrete product manufacturers located primarily in the
United States and the United Kingdom.  The Fibermesh(R) sales force operates
out of divisional offices in Austin, Texas, Denver, Colorado, Chattanooga,
Tennessee and Chesterfield, England.  In addition, Fibermesh(R) is sold through
a contract with Master Builders, Inc., a construction industry product
distributor.  Other construction industry product distributors market
Fibermesh(R) in over 50 foreign countries.   In fiscal 1995, the ten largest
Fibermesh(R) customers accounted for approximately 12% of the Company's total
net sales of Fibermesh(R).

         Technical Textiles.  The Company sells its specialty fabrics to a
diverse group of approximately 400 manufacturers located primarily in North and
Central America and the Pacific Rim countries.  The Company sells its
industrial yarns and fibers to a diverse group of approximately 100
manufacturers located in North America and Europe.  In fiscal 1995, the
Company's ten largest technical textile customers accounted for approximately
29% of the Company's total net sales of technical textiles.  The Company's
technical textiles are marketed by salespersons through sales offices in
Gainesville, Ringgold and Calhoun, Georgia and Chesterfield, England.





                                       32
<PAGE>   35
COMPETITION

         The markets for the Company's products are highly competitive. In the
manufacture and sale of carpet backing, which represented in excess of 50% and
49% of the Company's total net sales for the nine months ended June 30, 1996
and for fiscal 1995, respectively, the Company competes primarily with Amoco,
and, to a lesser extent, Wayn-Tex Inc. and certain other companies.  Amoco has
the dominant position in the carpet backing market worldwide.  In the United
States, only the Company and Amoco produce a broad range of primary and
secondary carpet backing in a variety of styles and widths.  The Company
competes in the carpet backing market primarily on the basis of quality,
availability, service, price and product line variety, providing carpet
manufacturers with a reliable alternative source of supply to Amoco.

         In the manufacture and sale of the Company's other products, the
Company generally competes with a number of other companies, some of which are
significantly larger and have substantially greater resources than the Company.
The Company's primary competitors in the construction and civil engineering
market are Amoco and Nicolon Corporation with respect to geotextiles, North
American Green, Inc.  with respect to environmental and erosion control
products, and W.R.  Grace & Co., which markets but does not manufacture
concrete reinforcement fibers, with respect to concrete reinforcement.  The
Company competes in the concrete reinforcement fiber market primarily on the
basis of product design and technical service.  In some applications,
Fibermesh(R) also competes with welded wire fabric on the basis of product
performance and cost.   The Company competes in the construction and civil
engineering market on the basis of product line breadth and quality, price, and
the custom design, engineering and other services it provides to customers.
With respect to technical textiles, competitors vary depending upon the
specific market niche.  The Company competes in each segment of the technical
textiles market primarily on the basis of service, quality, innovation and
product line variety.

         The pricing policies of the Company's competitors have at certain
times in the past limited the Company's ability to increase the prices or
caused the Company to lower the prices of certain of its products.  See
"--Products," "--Marketing and Sales" and "--Raw Materials".

MANUFACTURING PROCESS

         Polypropylene, a chemically inert plastic derived from petroleum, is
the basic raw material used in the manufacture of substantially all of the
Company's products. SI believes it is a technological leader in the conversion
of polypropylene into woven and nonwoven polypropylene products.  The expertise
of the Company's research and development and marketing staff has enabled the
Company to develop innovative products, frequently in response to specific
customer needs.

         Woven fabrics are produced by interlacing thousands of strands of
extruded yarn at right angles to one another.  The manner in which the yarn is
interlaced determines the type of weave.  Woven fabrics are characterized by
strength and dimensional stability.  The Company's woven fabric products
include primary and secondary carpet backing, geotextiles, erosion control
fabrics, and specialty fabrics for the filtration, recreational, construction
and agricultural markets.

         Nonwoven fabrics are produced by first stacking several layers of
webbed short length fibers and then entangling the layers by punching barbed
needles through the layers.  Nonwoven fabrics provide extensibility without
rupture and dimensionality.  The Company's nonwoven fabric products include
geotextiles, erosion control fabrics, furniture and bedding construction
fabrics, and spill control fabrics.

         The Company believes that it has state-of-the-art manufacturing
capability in both its woven and nonwoven product lines and is one of the most
cost-efficient producers in the markets in which it participates.  The
Company's three primary manufacturing processes are extrusion, weaving and
needlepunching.





                                       33
<PAGE>   36
         Extrusion.  Much of the Company's expertise has been developed in its
extrusion processes.  Many of the product's specification properties are
created by engineering the polymeric raw materials during the extrusion
process.  In addition to yarns and fibers for conventional end-uses, the
Company has also developed value-added products through the use of additives
including those which resist sunlight degradation or provide resistance to
bacteria.  The Company owns and operates one of the world's largest
polypropylene staple fiber lines.  Most of the Company's extruded products are
consumed internally and become value-added woven and nonwoven fabrics, but some
are sold to weavers, knitters, nonwovens producers and convertors.

         Weaving.  The yarns produced in the Company's extrusion and yarn
spinning operations are woven on looms to produce the wide variety of fabrics
that the Company sells through all of its marketing divisions.  Fabric
properties are engineered to industry specifications by altering constituent
yarns and weave patterns.  Looms are generally interchangeable to weave carpet
backing, geotextiles and certain agricultural fabrics.  The breadth of the
Company's woven product offerings was enhanced by the Chicopee Acquisition.

         Needlepunching.  In 1993, the Company constructed a state-of-the-art
needlepunched nonwovens fabric facility.  This modern plant produces a new
generation of engineered cost-effective fabrics for the geotextile, furniture
construction and chemical spill cleanup markets.

         The Company maintains a complete rigorous quality control program
centered around statistical process control and customer key measures.  Each
stage of the process from the raw material to the final product is monitored
using standard procedures and test methods which satisfy the quality control
standards established by ISO.  The Company's Chickamauga, Chattanooga, Ringgold
and Gainesville manufacturing facilities have been granted ISO-9002
certification for their systematic approach to quality in all areas of
operation.

         The Company's production equipment is capable of manufacturing a
variety of woven and nonwoven polypropylene products.  This versatility enables
the Company to alter the product mix within its woven and nonwoven product
lines in response to market demand or to take advantage of specific profit
opportunities.

         The Company's plants are run on a continuous 24-hour per day basis,
seven days a week, 350 days per year.  Orders are typically filled from
inventory.

RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT

         The Company's research and development is focused primarily on
development and as such the Company engages in product design, development and
performance validation to improve existing products and to create new products.
The Company expended approximately $1.9 million (approximately 0.7% of sales)
on Company-sponsored research and development activities in fiscal 1995 and
anticipates spending approximately the same amount in fiscal 1996.  As part of
a recently completed strategic review, the Company expects to increase research
and development expenses beginning in fiscal 1997 to approximately 1% of sales.

INTERNATIONAL OPERATIONS

         The Company conducts its foreign sales operations through subsidiaries
in Europe and a network of distributors worldwide.  In fiscal 1995, the
aggregate sales (principally of construction and civil engineering products) by
such foreign subsidiaries and marketing divisions were approximately $5.3
million.  International sales from United States operations in fiscal 1995 were
$28.5 million, or 11 % of net sales.





                                       34
<PAGE>   37
RAW MATERIALS

         Polypropylene, which is a petroleum derivative, is the basic raw
material used in the manufacture of substantially all of the Company's
products.  The Company currently purchases polypropylene in pellet form
principally from four suppliers, with Fina Oil & Chemical Company being the
Company's largest supplier of polypropylene.  These purchases are generally
made pursuant to long-standing arrangements.

         Polypropylene purchases account for approximately 50% of the Company's
cost of sales.  Increases in the price of polypropylene without offsetting
increases in selling prices could have a significant negative effect on the
Company's results of operations and financial condition.  The Company believes
that the sales prices of its products will adjust over time to reflect changes
in polypropylene costs.  The Company did not experience production curtailment
due to shortages of polypropylene supply during the very tight market in fiscal
1995.

REGULATION

         The Company is subject to federal, state and local laws and
regulations affecting its business, including those promulgated under the
Occupational Safety and Health Act and by the Environmental Protection Agency.
Many of the Company's construction and civil engineering products have
applications that are subject to building code association guidelines and
specifications and highway department guidelines.  Obtaining the necessary
approvals can delay new product introductions in some areas.  Moreover, the
enactment of new legislation or the issuance of new guidelines may require the
Company to modify its existing geotextile and erosion control fabric products
and may also delay the Company's introduction of new geotextiles and erosion
control fabric products.

         The Company's expenditures to date in connection with such federal,
state and local laws and regulations have not been material to its operations.
The Company believes it is currently in compliance with applicable governmental
regulations.

ENVIRONMENTAL COMPLIANCE

         The Company is subject to a broad range of federal, foreign, state and
local laws and regulations relating to the pollution and protection of the
environment.  Among the many environmental requirements applicable to the
Company are laws relating to air emissions, wastewater discharges and the
handling, disposal and release of solid and hazardous substances and wastes.
Based on continuing internal review and advice from independent consultants,
the Company believes that it is currently in substantial compliance with
applicable environmental requirements.  A cease-and-desist order was issued by
the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers on June 13, 1996, concerning the Chickamauga,
Georgia facility and the deposit of filling material into national wetlands
without a permit.  The Company is working with the Army Corps of Engineers to
create an equivalent wetland area.  The Company does not anticipate that such
order will have a material adverse effect on its operations.

         The Company is also subject to laws, such as the federal Comprehensive
Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act of 1980 ("CERCLA"),
that may impose liability retroactively and without fault for releases or
threatened releases of hazardous substances at on-site or off-site locations.
The Company is not aware of any releases for which it may be liable under
CERCLA or any analogous provision.

         Actions by federal, state and local governments in the United States
and abroad concerning environmental matters could result in laws or regulations
that could increase the cost of producing the products manufactured by the
Company or otherwise adversely affect demand for its products.  For example,
certain local governments have adopted ordinances prohibiting or restricting
the use or disposal of certain polypropylene products.  Widespread adoption of
such prohibitions or restrictions could adversely affect demand for the
Company's products and thereby have a material adverse effect upon the Company.
In addition, a decline in consumer preference for polypropylene products due to
environmental considerations could have a material adverse effect upon the
Company.





                                       35
<PAGE>   38
         Most of the Company's manufacturing processes are mechanical and are
therefore considered to be environmentally benign.  Polypropylene resins are
readily recyclable, and the Company maintains a network of recyclers to receive
post- industrial waste for certain of the Company's products.  In addition,
each of the Company's manufacturing sites has equipment and procedures for
reclaiming a majority of internally generated scrap, thus reducing the amount
of waste sent to local landfills.  As a result, the Company does not currently
anticipate any material adverse effect on its operations, financial condition
or competitive position as a result of its efforts to comply with environmental
requirements.  Some risk of environmental liability is inherent, however, in
the nature of the Company's business, and there can be no assurance that
material environmental liabilities will not arise.  It is also possible that
future developments in environmental regulation could lead to material
environmental compliance or cleanup costs.

PROPERTIES

         The Company operates the following principal domestic manufacturing
and distribution facilities.  All of the Company's owned properties are subject
to liens in favor of the lenders under the Credit Facility.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      APPROXIMATE
                                                                         SQUARE
                                                                        FOOTAGE         OWNED OR
     LOCATION                         PRINCIPAL FUNCTION              OF FACILITY        LEASED    
- ------------------------       --------------------------------       -----------      ---------
<S>                            <C>                                       <C>            <C>   
Chickamauga, Georgia           Manufacturing of carpet backing,          738,800          Owned 
                               geotextiles and fibers                                         

Dalton, Georgia                Distribution center and multi-            216,000          Owned 
                               product warehouse                                              

Ringgold, Georgia              Manufacturing of geotextiles              183,750          Owned 

Chattanooga, Tennessee         Manufacturing of specialty yarns          126,432          Owned 

Alto, Georgia                  Manufacturing of certain yarns             92,400          Owned 

Dalton, Georgia                Needlepunching of carpet backing           44,945          Owned 

Gainesville, Georgia           Manufacturing of certain fabrics          200,000          Leased

Dalton, Georgia                Woven, nonwoven and geotextile            185,000          Leased
   124 Keene Street            warehouse                                                      

Dalton, Georgia                Geosynthetic products and fiber           168,000          Leased
   120 Keene Street            warehouse                                                      

Chickamauga, Georgia           Manufacturing of carpet backing,          143,736          Leased
                               geotextiles and fibers                                         
Dalton, Georgia                Specialty yarn warehouse                  104,827          Leased
   Cleveland Highway                                                                          

Cornelia, Georgia              Assembly of certain fabrics               100,000          Leased

Westside, Georgia              Carpet backing warehouse                   86,440          Leased

Dalton, Georgia                Carpet backing warehouse                   85,000          Leased
   North Dug Gap                                                                              
</TABLE>





                                       36
<PAGE>   39
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     APPROXIMATE
                                                                       SQUARE
                                                                       FOOTAGE           OWNED OR
      LOCATION                     PRINCIPAL FUNCTION               OF FACILITY           LEASED    
- ------------------------       -------------------------------    ----------------     ------------      
<S>                            <C>                                      <C>             <C>      
Dalton, Georgia                Geosynthetic products warehouse            36,000         Leased   
   Florence                                                                                      

Dalton, Georgia                Geosynthetic products warehouse            31,500         Leased   
   1408 Coronet                                                                                  

Claremont, North Carolina      Nonwoven fabrics warehouse                 14,000         Leased   

Tupelo, Mississippi            Nonwoven fabrics warehouse                 13,500         Leased   

Chattanooga, Tennessee         Corporate support offices                   4,800         Leased   
                                                                      ----------                 
   Total                                                               2,575,130
                                                                      ==========
</TABLE>


ORDER BACKLOG

         The Company generally sells its products pursuant to customer orders
which are satisfied either out of inventory or by the manufacture and shipment
of the product promptly following receipt of an order.  Accordingly, the dollar
amount of backlog orders believed to be firm is not significant or indicative
of the Company's future sales and earnings.

EMPLOYEES

         As of June 30, 1996, the Company employed 2,071 persons in the United
States, of whom 446 were salaried employees and the remainder were hourly
employees.  None of the Company's employees are unionized.  The Company has
never experienced any strikes and believes its relations with employees to be
satisfactory.  The Company employs 13 persons in the United Kingdom.

PATENTS AND TRADEMARKS

         The Company owns or is licensed under several United States and
foreign patents.  While these patents are helpful to the Company's business, it
is believed that a loss of patent exclusivity would not be materially adverse
to the Company's business.

         The Company has registered several of its trademarks, including
FIBERGRID(R), FIBERMESH(R) and LANDLOK(R), with the United States Patent and
Trademark office and with several foreign trademark offices.

CLAIMS AND LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

         In January 1995, an arbitration proceeding was initiated by Fibermesh
(Suisse), S.A. against the Company in the United States, alleging a breach by
the Company of an exclusive distribution agreement for the distribution of
Fibermesh(R) in Switzerland and claiming actual damages of 6,104,000 Swiss
Francs ($4.9 million at June 30, 1996) and punitive damages of $20 million.
The Company believes that it has meritorious defenses to all claims in the
action and that the ultimate resolution will not have a materially adverse
effect on the Company's financial position or results of operations.





                                       37
<PAGE>   40
         The Company and its subsidiaries are parties to litigation arising out
of their business operations.  Most of such litigation involves claims for
personal injury, property damage, breach of contract and claims involving
employee relations and certain administrative proceedings.  The Company
believes such claims are adequately covered by insurance or do not involve a
risk of material loss to the Company.





                                       38
<PAGE>   41


                                   MANAGEMENT

EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS OF THE COMPANY

         The following table sets forth certain information concerning each of
the executive officers and directors of the Company:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                NAME                      AGE                       POSITION AND OFFICES HELD                  
- -----------------------------------   ----------   ---------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                       <C>      <C>
Leonard Chill . . . . . . . . . . .       63       President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

W. Wayne Freed  . . . . . . . . . .       60       Vice President -- Marketing

Ralph Kenner  . . . . . . . . . . .       51       Vice President -- Manufacturing

William Gardner Wright, Jr. . . . .       66       Vice President -- General Manager Carpet Backing Division

Robert J. Breyley . . . . . . . . .       66       Vice President -- Fibermesh(R) Division

W.O. Falkenberry  . . . . . . . . .       53       Vice President -- Human Resources

C. Ted Koerner  . . . . . . . . . .       47       Vice President -- General Manager Construction/Civil
                                                   Engineering Products Group

John Michael Long . . . . . . . . .       58       Vice President -- General Manager Technical Textiles Group

Joseph Sinicropi  . . . . . . . . .       42       Chief Financial Officer and Secretary

Bobby Callahan  . . . . . . . . . .       53       Controller

Joseph F. Dana (1)  . . . . . . . .       48       Director

Lee J. Seidler (1)  . . . . . . . .       61       Director

William J. Shortt (1) . . . . . . .       70       Director

Robert L. Voigt (1) . . . . . . . .       77       Director
                                                
</TABLE>
- ---------- 
(1)      Member of Compensation Committee and Audit Committee.

         Directors of the Company are elected each year at the annual meeting
of stockholders.  The Company's officers serve at the discretion of the Board.

         Leonard Chill joined the Company in December 1973 as President and was
appointed Chief Executive Officer in 1986.  From 1967 until joining the
Company, he held a number of positions with Thiokol Corporation in its Fibers
Division, including that of General Manager.  Mr. Chill is also the sole
director and sole stockholder of one of the general partners of Synthetic
Management G.P., the entity which is the sole general partner of the general
partner of the Selling Stockholder.  See "The Company".





                                       39
<PAGE>   42
         W. Wayne Freed joined the Company in 1981 and became Vice
President--Market Development in 1987. Prior thereto, he had 28 years
experience in the textile industry.  Mr. Freed is also the sole director and
sole stockholder of one of the general partners of Synthetic Management G.P.

         Ralph Kenner has been Vice President--Manufacturing since 1984.  He
joined the Company in 1974 as Director, Industrial Relations and served in that
capacity until 1976. In 1976, he was appointed Plant Manager and served in that
capacity until 1984.  Mr. Kenner is also the sole director and sole stockholder
of one of the general partners of Synthetic Management G.P.

         William Gardner Wright, Jr. was Vice President--Marketing and Sales
from 1983 to 1996 at which time he was named Vice President-General Manager of
the Carpet Backing Division.  From 1977 until 1983, he was President of Synca
Marketing Corp., a textile sales agency which served as a sales agent for the
Company's primary carpet backing, as well as the products of other
manufacturers.  Mr. Wright is a Director of the Sun Trust Bank of Northwest
Georgia.  Mr.  Wright is also the sole director and sole stockholder of one of
the general partners of Synthetic Management G.P.

         Robert J. Breyley joined the Company in 1984 and became Vice
President--Fibermesh Division in December 1984.  Prior thereto, he held a
variety of managerial positions with Master Builders, Inc., a leading concrete
admixtures supplier. During his last six years with Master Builders, he was
Senior Vice President of Sales and Marketing.

         W.O. Falkenberry joined the Company in 1993 as Vice President of Human
Resources.  Prior thereto, he was Director of Human Resources with the Champion
Products Division of the Sara Lee Corporation from 1989 to 1993.

         C. Ted Koerner joined the Company in 1990 and became Vice
President-Construction Products Division in 1993. He was named Vice President
and General Manager--Construction/Civil Engineering Products Division in 1995.
Prior thereto, Mr. Koerner was an Engineer with the Ohio Department of
Transportation; a Sales Engineer, Product Supervisor and Regional Engineer with
Armco Steel Corporation; and a Sales Manager with National Seal Corporation.

         John Michael Long was appointed Vice President--Nonwoven Fabrics in
October 1991. Prior thereto, he held a variety of managerial positions with
Spartan Mills, a manufacturer of nonwoven geotextile fabrics. During his last
five years at Spartan, he was Vice President and General Manager.

         Joseph Sinicropi joined the Company in 1995 as Chief Accounting
Officer.  He was named Chief Financial Officer and Secretary in February 1996.
Prior to joining the Company, he was an audit senior manager in the
international accounting firm of Deloitte & Touche LLP from 1985 to 1995.

         Bobby Callahan joined the Company in 1977 and has been Controller
since 1980. Prior thereto, he held a variety of financial management positions
in the carpet industry.

         Joseph F. Dana has been engaged in the private practice of law for
over twenty years and has been a member of the law firm Watson & Dana,
LaFayette, Georgia, since its formation in 1978.  Mr. Dana has served as
general counsel to the Company since 1987 and has been a Director since 1993.

         Lee J. Seidler was Senior Managing Director at Bear, Stearns & Co.
Inc. from 1981 to 1989.  He is presently associated with Bear, Stearns & Co.
Inc. as Managing Director Emeritus.  Mr. Seidler is a director of the Shubert
Foundation, The Shubert Organization, and Players International, Inc. and has
been a director of SafeCard Services, Inc.  and Eastbank, N.A.  He has been a
Director since 1993.

         William J. Shortt retired from Johnson & Johnson in 1989.  From 1977
to 1989, he was Director of Government and Trade Relations, Southeast at
Johnson & Johnson.  Mr. Shortt has also been a director of Standard Telephone
Company, Standard Group Inc., and First National Bank of Habersham.  He has
been a Director since 1993.





                                       40
<PAGE>   43
         Robert L. Voigt served as a consultant to Dixie Yarns Inc. from 1985
until his retirement at the end of 1991.  Mr. Voigt also served as a director
of Dixie Yarns, Inc., from 1981 to 1987.  He has been a Director since 1993.

         Each of the executive officers, except Mr. Breyley, has an Employment
Agreement with the Company.  There are no family relationships between any of
the above officers or directors of the Company.

DIRECTORS' COMPENSATION

         Outside directors receive $15,000 per annum for services as a director
and $800 per meeting attended.  Directors who are members of management do not
receive any meeting attendance fees or additional compensation for service as a
director or service on committees of the Board.  All directors are reimbursed
for reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with their
attendance at meetings of the Board and its committees on which they serve.

         Under the Company's 1994 Stock Option Plan for Non-Employee Directors
(the "Directors' Plan"), Messrs. Dana, Seidler, Shortt and Voigt were granted
non-qualified stock options (the "Directors' Options") to purchase 28,906,
57,813, 19,271 and 19,271 shares of Common Stock, respectively.  The Directors'
Plan does not provide for any further grants of options thereunder.

         The purchase price of the shares of Common Stock subject to the
Directors' Options was determined by reference to the fair market value of the
Common Stock, as determined by the Compensation Committee, at the time Messrs.
Dana, Seidler, Shortt and Voigt became members of the Board.  As of June 30,
1996, 75% of the number of shares of Common Stock subject to each Director
Option had vested and are exercisable.  As a Company employee, Mr. Chill is not
eligible to participate in the Directors' Plan.  In the event that the
outstanding shares of Common Stock are changed by reason of reorganization,
merger, consolidation, recapitalization, reclassification, stock split,
combination or exchange of shares and the like, or dividends payable in Common
Stock, an appropriate adjustment shall be made by the Committee in the
aggregate number of shares of Common Stock available under the Directors' Plan
and in the number of shares and price per share subject to outstanding
Directors' Options.  The term of each Directors' Option is ten years from the
date of grant.

BOARD COMMITTEES

         The Board has established a Compensation Committee, composed of
Messrs. Dana, Seidler, Shortt and Voigt, which establishes salary, incentives
and other forms of compensation and administers the Company's 1994 Stock Option
Plan and 1996 Stock Option Plan and other incentive compensation and benefit
plans applicable to the Company's officers.  The Board has also established an
Audit Committee, composed of Messrs. Dana, Seidler, Shortt and Voigt, which
recommends to the Board the selection of independent auditors, and reviews the
scope and results of the audit and other services provided by the independent
auditors.

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

                           SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE

         The following table sets forth information regarding the compensation
paid during each of the Company's last three completed fiscal years to the
Chief Executive Officer of the Company and each of the other four most highly
compensated executive officers of the Company as of September 30, 1995
(collectively, the "Named Executive Officers").





                                       41
<PAGE>   44
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                         
                                                                            LONG-TERM 
                                                                           COMPENSATION      
                                                                              AWARDS         
                                 FISCAL      ANNUAL COMPENSATION      ------------------- 
                                  YEAR    -------------------------         SECURITIES        
          NAME AND               ENDED                                      UNDERLYING            ALL OTHER
      PRINCIPAL POSITION       SEPT. 30,    SALARY($)     BONUS($)          OPTIONS (#)         COMPENSATION($)   
- ---------------------------    ---------  -------------- ----------   --------------------    ------------------
<S>                               <C>        <C>          <C>                 <C>                 <C>        
Leonard Chill                     1995       254,871       89,939             --                   10,044(1) 
Chief Executive Officer and       1994       247,447      127,260             --                    9,921(1) 
President                         1993       240,240       95,073             --                    9,921(1) 
                                                                                                             
                                                                                                             
Ralph Kenner                      1995       145,973       41,926             --                   4,482(2)  
Vice President --                 1994       125,973       66,660             --                   4,497(2)  
Manufacturing                     1993       122,304       49,603             --                   4,706(2)  
                                                                                                             
                                                                                                             
William Gardner Wright, Jr.       1995       235,664       70,238             --                   4,005(2)  
Vice President -- General         1994       235,664       99,384             --                   4,497(2)  
Manager -- Carpet Backing         1993       228,800       74,404             --                   4,549(2)  
Division                                                                                                     
                                                                                                             
                                                                                                             
Robert J. Breyley                 1995       141,720       49,500             --                   3,329(2)  
Vice President --                 1994       141,720       72,000             --                   4,198(2)  
Fibermesh(R) Division             1993       137,592       46,851             --                   5,436(2)  
                                                                                                             
                                                                                                             
Jon P. Beckman(3)                 1995       147,130       50,539             --                   7,066(4)  
Vice President -- Finance and     1994       142,845       71,508             --                   7,148(4)  
Chief Financial Officer           1993       138,684       53,737             --                   7,093(4)  
                                                                                                             
</TABLE>  


(1)      These amounts consist of $5,424 of insurance premiums paid by the 
         Company under a term life insurance policy in each of 1995, 1994 and
         1993, and $4,620, $4,497 and $4,497 contributed by the Company under 
         its 401(k) plan in 1995, 1994 and 1993, respectively.
        
(2)      These amounts represent the annual contribution made by the Company 
         under the Retirement Plan in the respective year.

(3)      Mr. Beckman resigned as of January 22, 1996 from his duties as Vice
         President--Finance, Chief Financial Officer, Secretary and Director.
         He is being retained as a consultant to the Company.  Until January
         31, 2000, or upon earlier termination of his consulting agreement, Mr.
         Beckman will receive $125,000 per year and various insurance
         coverages, and will be authorized to exercise all stock options
         awarded to him, subject to applicable vesting provisions.  Under this
         agreement, Mr. Beckman is required to provide the Company with 20
         hours of consultation per month and he agrees to release the Company
         from any liability resulting from his employment.  Mr. Beckman has
         also agreed not to compete against the Company.

(4)     These amounts consist of $2,928, $2,649 and $2,649 of insurance 
        premiums paid by the Company under a term life insurance policy and
        $4,138, $4,499 and $4,444 contributed by the Company under the
        Retirement Plan in 1995, 1994 and 1993, respectively.

                       OPTIONS GRANTS IN LAST FISCAL YEAR

         The following table sets forth options granted to the Named Executive
Officers during fiscal 1995:





                                       42
<PAGE>   45
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                               POTENTIAL REALIZABLE        
                                                                                             VALUE AT ASSUMED ANNUAL      
                                                                                                 RATES OF STOCK           
                                                                                               PRICE APPRECIATION         
                                               INDIVIDUAL GRANTS                              FOR OPTION TERM (1)        
                              ----------------------------------------------------         ---------------------------  
                                NUMBER OF    % OF TOTAL                                                                 
                               SECURITIES     OPTIONS                                                                   
                               UNDERLYING    GRANTED TO   EXERCISE OR                                                   
                                 OPTIONS    EMPLOYEES IN  BASE PRICE    EXPIRATION                                      
             NAME              GRANTED (#)   FISCAL YEAR     ($/SH)       DATE                  5%            10%         
- ----------------------------  ------------- ------------ ------------   ----------         -----------    -------------  
<S>                                 <C>           <C>    <C>              <C>              <C>           <C>            
Leonard Chill                       110,407       34.9%   $10.72          12/09/04         $   744,143    $  1,885,752  
                                                                                                                        
Ralph Kenner                        33,413        10.6     10.72          12/09/04             225,204         570,694  
                                                                                                                        
William Gardner Wright, Jr.         33,413        10.6     10.72          12/09/04             225,204         570,694  
                                                                                                                        
Robert J. Breyley                    9,685         3.1     10.72          12/09/04              65,277         165,420  
                                                                                                                        
Jon P. Beckman                      40,676        12.8     10.72          12/09/04             274,156         694,746  
                                                                                                                        
</TABLE>                                                        

(1)      These gains are based on arbitrary compounded rates of growth of stock
         prices mandated by the Securities and Exchange Commission of 5% and
         10% per year from the date the option was granted over the full option
         term.  These rates do not represent the Company's estimate or
         projection of future prices of the Common Stock.  There is no
         assurance that the values that may be realized by any Named Executive
         Officer upon exercise of his options will be at or near the value
         estimated in the foregoing table.

                AGGREGATED OPTION EXERCISES IN LAST FISCAL YEAR
                       AND FISCAL YEAR-END OPTION VALUES

         The following table sets forth option exercises by and the value of
the in-the-money unexercised options held at September 30, 1995:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           NUMBER OF SECURITIES        VALUE OF UNEXERCISED
                                                          UNDERLYING UNEXERCISED           IN-THE-MONEY
                                                                OPTIONS AT                  OPTIONS AT
                                 SHARES                         FY-END (#)                  FY-END (1)         
                                ACQUIRED               --------------------------------------------------------
                                   ON         VALUE
             NAME             EXERCISE (#) REALIZED ($) EXERCISABLE  UNEXERCISABLE  EXERCISABLE  UNEXERCISABLE 
- ----------------------------  ------------ ------------ -----------  -------------  ----------   --------------
<S>                                <C>          <C>         <C>         <C>             <C>           <C>
Leonard Chill                      --           --           --         110,407         --            --
Ralph Kenner                       --           --          --          33,413          --            --
William Gardner Wright, Jr.        --           --          --          33,413          --            --
Robert J. Breyley                  --           --           --          9,685          --            --
Jon P. Beckman                     --           --          --          40,676          --            --
</TABLE>

(1)      Based on the fair market value of the option shares at fiscal year end
         ($10.72 per share) less the exercise price ($10.72 per share) payable
         for such shares.





                                       43
<PAGE>   46
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS

         Each of Messrs.  Chill, Freed, Kenner, Koerner, Sinicropi and Wright
(the "Executives") are employed by the Company pursuant to individual
employment agreements that will become effective as of July 1, 1996 (the
"Effective Date") upon the consummation of the Offering.  The term of
employment under these agreements is three years from the Effective Date;
provided that on each anniversary of the month following the first Effective
Date, and each successive month, the term is automatically extended for one
successive month, providing a minimum remaining term of two years, unless
either party terminates the agreement by written notice.

         The Company has the right to terminate the Executive's employment for
"cause" or "without cause", in each case as defined in the applicable
employment agreement.  In the event that an Executive is terminated by the
Company "without cause," other than following a "Change in Control" (as defined
below), the Executive is entitled to receive his base salary at the rate in
effect on the date of termination of employment for a period of two years from
the date of termination, any unpaid, accrued amounts under the annual incentive
plan, a pro rata payment under the annual incentive plan for the termination
year, a payment equal to the three year average of incentive payments received
under the Company's annual incentive plan and any stock option rights due
through the end of the term.  Under each employment agreement, a Change in
Control occurs when (i) any person or group becomes the beneficial owner of
capital stock of the Company representing 35% of all the voting stock, (ii) the
members of the Board on the effective date cease to constitute a majority of
the Board, or (iii) the Company combines with another entity and a person holds
more than 35% of the voting stock of the Company or the Company's directors, as
of the date immediately before such combination, constitute less than a
majority of the board of directors of the combined entity.

         If the Executive is terminated by the Company "without cause" prior to
the occurrence of a Change in Control and it can be shown such termination
occurred in connection with, prior to or in anticipation of the Change in
Control, or if the termination resulted from a Change in Control, the
Executive is entitled to (i) a lump sum payment equal to two times the
Executive's annual base salary and annual incentive plan for the year in which
the Change in Control occurs or the prior year, whichever is greater, (ii)
unpaid, accrued amounts under the annual incentive plan and a payment that
equals the average of the incentive payment received by the Executive under the
annual incentive plan for the immediately preceding three years and (iii)
certain other supplemental insurance coverages, for a maximum of 18 months (the
"Change in Control Provision").  In the event of a Change in Control, whether
or not the Executive's employment continues with the Company, all options
granted to such Executive under any of the Management Plans (as defined below)
shall vest immediately on the date of the Change in Control.

         In the event that an Executive's employment is terminated for
disability or death, the Executive (or his estate) is to be paid (a) his base
salary at the rate in effect on the date of termination until the earlier of
six months from the date of termination or the date of commencement of long
term disability payments, if applicable, and (b) any unpaid, accrued amounts
under the annual incentive plan, and will receive any stock option rights to
which such Executive would otherwise be entitled.  In the case of termination
by reason of death, the executive is also entitled to a payment under the
annual incentive plan equal to the pro rata amount due for the termination
year.

OPTION PLANS

         The Company's 1994 Stock Option Plan (the "1994 Plan") was adopted by
the Board upon the recommendations of a special committee consisting of Messrs.
Seidler, Shortt and Voigt, and approved by the Company's sole stockholder
during the fourth quarter of fiscal 1994.  The Company's 1996 Stock Option Plan
(the "1996 Plan") was similarly adopted on May 15, 1996.

         Under the 1994 Plan and 1996 Plan (collectively, the "Management
Plans") incentive stock options ("ISOs"), as provided in Section 422A of the
Internal Revenue Code, and non-qualified stock options may be granted to any
full-time employee of the Company or its subsidiaries.  The maximum aggregate
number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued under the 1994 Plan and
1996 Plan is 491,413 and 57,812, respectively.  As of June 30, 1996, options





                                       44
<PAGE>   47
to purchase an aggregate of 491,413 shares of Common Stock had been granted
under the 1994 Plan.  Of such amount, Messrs. Chill, Wright, Freed, Kenner and
other key managers hold options to purchase 145,282, 53,871, 53,871, 53,871 and
130,648 shares of Common Stock, respectively.  Mr. Beckman holds options for
53,870 common shares.  As of June 30, 1996, the only options granted under the
1996 Plan were options to purchase 21,723 shares of Common Stock granted to Mr.
Sinicropi.  Options may not be granted under the Management Plans after August
28, 2004.  See "Principal and Selling Stockholders".

         The purchase price of the shares of Common Stock subject to options
under the Management Plans must be no less than the fair market value of the
Common Stock at the date of grant, as determined by the Committee; provided,
however, that the purchase price of shares of Common Stock subject to ISOs
granted to any optionee who owns shares possessing more than 10% of the
combined voting power of the Company or any parent or subsidiary of the Company
("Ten Percent Stockholder") must not be less than 110% of the fair market value
of the Common Stock at the date of the grant.  The maximum term of an option
may not exceed ten years from the date of grant, except with respect to ISOs
granted to Ten Percent Stockholders which must expire within five years of the
date of grant.

         The 1996 Plan will be amended by the Board and approved by the Selling
Stockholder in connection with the Offering, effective as of July 1, 1996, to
increase the number of shares that may be issued under the 1996 Plan by 231,250
to 289,062.

         The Management Plans are administered by the Company's Compensation
Committee.  Subject to the express provisions of the Management Plans, the
Compensation Committee has the discretion and authority to determine to whom
from among the eligible employees an option may be granted, the time or times
at which each option may be exercised, the number of shares of Common Stock
subject to each option and the terms and conditions of each stock option
agreement issued pursuant to the Management Plans; provided, however, that
shares of Common Stock subject to any such agreement shall vest and become
exercisable at a minimum rate of 25% per year over a four-year period.

COMPENSATION COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION

         During fiscal 1995 and the nine months ended June 30, 1996, the
Company paid legal fees totaling approximately $135,000 and $93,000 to the law
firm of Watson & Dana.  Mr. Dana, a director of the Company and a member of the
Compensation Committee, is a member of Watson & Dana.





                                       45
<PAGE>   48
                       PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

         Of the 7,500,000 Shares offered hereby, 5,781,250 Shares are being
sold by the Selling Stockholder.  Immediately prior to the completion of the
Offering, all of the issued and outstanding Common Stock was owned by the
Selling Stockholder.  Immediately following the Offering, the Selling
Stockholder will not own any shares of Common Stock.  The Subscribing Officers
and one former executive officer of the Company control certain affiliates of
the Selling Stockholder, and will be entitled after the Offering to receive
proceeds from the liquidation of the Selling Stockholder after the Selling
Stockholder's sale of Shares.  The Subscribing Officers have entered into
individual agreements (the "Subscription Agreements") with the Underwriters to
reinvest the net after-tax proceeds they receive from the liquidation of the
Selling Stockholder by purchasing Common Stock directly from the Company at the
initial public offering price.  The aggregate number of shares of Common Stock
that will be purchased by the Subscribing Officers pursuant to the Subscription
Agreements is estimated at approximately 32,000 shares of Common Stock.  See
"The Company" and "Certain Relationships and Related Transactions".

         The following table sets forth certain information with respect to the
beneficial ownership of the Common Stock as of July 26, 1996 and as adjusted to
reflect the sale of the Shares offered hereby by :  (i) the Selling
Stockholder; (ii) each director of the Company; (iii) each of the Named
Executive Officers; and (iv) all executive officers and directors of the
Company as a group.  Except for the Selling Stockholder, no person has
beneficial ownership of more than 5% of the Common Stock.  Unless otherwise
indicated, the address for each officer, director and 5% stockholder is c/o
Synthetic Industries, Inc. 309 LaFayette Road, Chickamauga, Georgia  30707.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                         SHARES BENEFICIALLY                                      SHARES BENEFICIALLY
                                                OWNED                                                   OWNED
                                          PRIOR TO OFFERING                                         AFTER OFFERING       
                               ---------------------------------------                      ----------------------------
                                                                         NUMBER OF SHARES                                  
NAME                                NUMBER                  PERCENT        BEING OFFERED       NUMBER          PERCENT       
- ----                           -------------            --------------  ----------------    ------------     -----------
<S>                               <C>                       <C>           <C>                <C>               <C>           
SELLING STOCKHOLDER:                                                                                                       
                                                                                                                           
Synthetic Industries, L.P.  .      5,781,250                100%           5,781,250                  --           --           
                                                                                                                           
                                                                                                                           
NAMED EXECUTIVE OFFICERS:                                                                                                  
                                                                                                                           
Leonard Chill. . . . . . . . .        37,234(1)(2)(3)        *                 --                 35,602(4)         *          
                                                                                                                           
Jon P. Beckman. . . . . . . .         19,801(1)(2)(3)        *                --                  10,169            *          
  20040 Gulf Blvd.                                                                                                         
  Indian Shores, FL 34635                                                                                                  
                                                                                                                           
William Gardner Wright, Jr.           17,985(1)(2)(3)        *                 --                 16,353(4)         *          
                                                                                                                            
Ralph Kenner. . . . . . . . .         17,985(1)(2)(3)        *                 --                 16,353(4)         *          
                                                                                                                           
Robert J. Breyley . . . . . .          3,051(2)(5)           *                 --                  2,421            *          
                                                                                                                           
                                                                                                                           
DIRECTORS:                                                                                                                 
                                                                                                                           
Joseph F. Dana. . . . . . . .         21,680(2)              *                 --                 21,680            *          
                                                                                                                           
Lee J. Seidler. . . . . . . .         43,360(2)              *                 --                 43,360            *          
                                                                                                                           
William J. Shortt. . . . . . .        14,453(2)              *                 --                 14,453            *          
                                                                                                                           
Robert L. Voigt. . . . . . . .        14,453(2)              *                 --                 14,453            *          
                                                                                                                           
All executive officers and                                                                                                 
directors as a group (14                                                                                                   
persons)(3)(5)(6) . . . . . .        194,844               3.27%               --                187,686(4)        2.45%        
                                                                                                                           
- ----------                                                                                                 
</TABLE>
*        Less than 1.0%.

(1)      Includes 9,632 shares as to which such person may be deemed to have
         beneficial ownership as a result of his indirect beneficial ownership
         of 0.1666% of a partnership interest in the Selling Stockholder.





                                       46
<PAGE>   49
(2)      Includes shares of Common Stock subject to options exercisable within
         60 days, as follows:  Leonard Chill--27,602 shares; Jon P.
         Beckman--10,169 shares; William Gardner Wright, Jr.--8,353  shares;
         Ralph Kenner--8,353 shares; Robert J. Breyley--2,421  shares; Joseph
         F. Dana--21,680 shares; Lee J. Seidler--43,360 shares; William J.
         Shortt--14,453 shares; Robert L. Voigt--14,453 shares.

(3)      Does not include 5,781,250 shares as to which Messrs.  Chill, Wright,
         Kenner and Beckman and W.  Wayne Freed may be deemed to have
         beneficial ownership by virtue of their indirect control of the
         Selling Stockholder.  See "Certain Relationships and Related
         Transactions".

(4)      Includes an estimated 8,000 shares of Common Stock to be acquired
         after the Offering pursuant to the Subscription Agreements by each of
         Messrs. Chill, Wright, Kenner and Freed.

(5)      Includes 630 shares as to which Mr. Breyley may be deemed to have
         beneficial ownership as a result of his indirect beneficial ownership
         of 0.0109% of a partnership interest in the Selling Stockholder.

(6)      Does not include (i) an aggregate of 22,275 shares of Common Stock
         subject to options exercisable within 60 days that are owned by
         employees of the Company other than the Named Executive Officers and
         (ii) an aggregate of 465,278 shares of Common Stock subject to options
         that are not exercisable within 60 days that are owned by directors,
         officers and employees of the Company.  Includes an aggregate of
         38,528 shares as to which Messrs.  Chill, Wright, Kenner and Freed may
         be deemed to have beneficial ownership as a result of their indirect
         beneficial ownership of 0.1666% each of a partnership interest in the
         Selling Stockholder.





                                       47
<PAGE>   50

                 CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

         As of June 30, 1996, all of the issued and outstanding Common Stock
was owned by the Selling Stockholder.  See "Principal and Selling
Stockholders".  SI Management L.P. is the sole general partner of the Selling
Stockholder.  Synthetic Management G.P. is the sole general partner of SI
Management L.P.  By virtue of these relationships, Synthetic Management G.P.
controls the management and affairs of the Selling Stockholder and, therefore,
the Company.  After the Offering, the Selling Stockholder will not own any
shares of Common Stock.

         The general partners of Synthetic Management G.P. are the following
five Delaware corporations:  Chill Investments, Inc., Beckman Investments,
Inc., Freed Investments, Inc., Kenner Investments, Inc. and W.G. Wright
Investments, Inc.  Each of Messrs. Chill, Beckman, Freed, Kenner and Wright is
the sole director and the sole stockholder of one of Synthetic Management
G.P.'s general partners.  For further information concerning Messrs. Chill,
Beckman, Freed, Kenner and Wright, see "Management--Executive Officers and
Directors of the Company" and "--Executive Compensation".

         The Company and the Selling Stockholder will share expenses of the
Offering as follows: if the Offering does not occur, the Company shall bear all
of the costs and expenses of the Selling Stockholder and the Company associated
with this Offering, including, without limitation, the preparation and filing
of the Registration Statement, the fees and expenses of counsel, accountants
and other professionals for the Selling Stockholder, the general partner of the
Selling Stockholder and the Company and any fees and expenses to which Bear,
Stearns & Co. Inc. may be entitled as reimbursement.  If the Offering occurs,
each of the Selling Stockholder and the Company shall bear the Underwriters'
discounts and commissions attributable to the shares of Common Stock sold by it
in the Offering, and each of the Company and the Selling Stockholder shall bear
its own expenses associated with the Offering, except that in addition to its
own expenses the Selling Stockholder shall reimburse the Company for a pro rata
portion of the Company's out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with the
Offering (including, without limitation, the fees and expenses of the Company's
counsel) determined by reference to the ratio that the shares of Common Stock
sold by it in the Offering bears to the total shares of Common Stock sold in
the Offering.

         The Company has agreed to indemnify the Selling Stockholder for
liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, on account of
misstatements and omissions by the Company in connection with the Offering.

         Lee J. Seidler, a director of the Company, is presently associated
with Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc. as Managing Director Emeritus and from time to
time receives fees in connection with consulting and referral services to Bear,
Stearns & Co. Inc.

         See also the information and the transactions described under
"Management--Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation".





                                       48
<PAGE>   51

                      DESCRIPTION OF CERTAIN INDEBTEDNESS

THE CREDIT FACILITY

         On October 20, 1995, as subsequently amended, the Company entered into
the Credit Facility with the Lenders and The First National Bank of Boston, as
agent.  The Credit Facility provides for a revolving credit line, a term loan
facility and a letter of credit facility pursuant to which the Company may
borrow up to an aggregate of $85 million.

         At June 30, 1996, $45 million was borrowed under the term loan
facility and approximately $13.0 million was outstanding under the revolving
credit loan portion of the Credit Facility (the "Revolver") and approximately
$25.7 million was available for additional borrowing thereunder.  The Revolver
provides for availability based on a borrowing formula consisting of 85% of
eligible receivables and 50% of eligible inventory, subject to certain
limitations.  The entire amount outstanding under the Revolver matures on
October 1, 2001.  Of the $45 million due under the term loan, $10 million is
payable in 1999 and $17.5 million is payable in each of 2000 and 2001.

         The Credit Facility permits borrowings which bear interest, at the
Company's option, (i) for domestic borrowings, based on the lender's base rate
plus 0.75% or 1.00% for revolver or term loan advances, respectively (9.0% to
9.25% at June 30, 1996) or (ii) for Eurodollar borrowings, based on the
Interbank Eurodollar rate at the time of conversion plus 2.75% or 2.50% for
revolver or term loan advances, respectively (8.19% to 7.94% at June 30, 1996).

         The Credit Facility provides for borrowings under a letter of credit
facility up to $3 million, which borrowings reduce amounts available under the
Revolver.  As of June 30, 1996, approximately $1.3 million was outstanding
under the letter of credit facility.

         The Credit Facility contains a number of covenants, including, among
others, covenants restricting the Company and its subsidiaries with respect to
the incurrence of indebtedness, limitations on sales of substantial assets,
mergers or consolidations and capital expenditures.  The Company is also
required to comply with certain financial tests and maintain certain financial
ratios.  Additionally, the Credit Facility and the Debentures contain
restrictions on the Company's ability to declare and pay dividends.  Based on
such restrictions and financial covenants, the Company was prohibited from
paying dividends at June 30, 1996.

THE DEBENTURES

         On December 14, 1992, the Company issued the Debentures, which
represent unsecured obligations of the Company.  The Debentures are redeemable
at the option of the Company at any time on or after December 1, 1997,
initially at 106.375% of their principal amount, together with accrued
interest, with declining redemption prices thereafter.  Interest on the
Debentures is payable semi-annually on June 1 and December 1.





                                       49
<PAGE>   52

                          DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

         The authorized capital stock of the Company currently consists of
5,000 shares of Common Stock, par value $1.00 per share, of which 49.95 Shares
are issued and outstanding.  All of the issued and outstanding shares of Common
Stock are owned by the Selling Stockholder.  Immediately prior to the Offering,
the Company's Certificate of Incorporation (the "Certificate of
Incorporation"), as amended in December 1994, will be amended and restated to
increase the authorized capital stock of the Company to 25,000,000 shares of
Common Stock and the Stock Split will occur which will increase the number of
shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding to 5,781,250 shares.  The
information below assumes that the amendment of the Certificate of
Incorporation and the Stock Split have occurred.

COMMON STOCK

         Each share of Common Stock is entitled to share equally in dividends
if, as, and when declared by the Board and, upon liquidation or dissolution of
the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary, to share equally in the assets
of the Company available for distribution to the holders of the Common Stock.
Each holder of Common Stock is entitled to one vote per share for all purposes.
The holders of Common Stock have no preemptive rights and there is no
cumulative voting, redemption right or right of conversion with respect to the
Common Stock.  All outstanding shares of Common Stock and all shares to be sold
and issued by the Company pursuant to the Offering will be fully paid and
nonassessable.  The Board is authorized to issue additional shares of Common
Stock within the limits authorized by the Certificate of Incorporation and
without stockholder action.

INDEMNIFICATION OF OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS

         The Certificate of Incorporation contains provisions to indemnify the
Company's directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by the
Delaware General Corporation Law (the "DGCL"), including payment in advance of
a final disposition of a director's or officers' expenses and attorneys' fees
incurred in defending any action, suit or proceeding.  The Company believes
that these provisions will assist the Company in attracting and retaining
qualified individuals to serve as directors.

CERTAIN PROVISIONS OF THE CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

         The Certificate of Incorporation requires that any action required or
permitted to be taken by the Company's stockholders must be effected at a duly
called annual or special meeting of stockholders and may not be effected by
consent in writing. The provisions requiring stockholders to take action only
at a duly called annual or special meeting may be amended, altered or repealed
only upon the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66 2/3% of the
outstanding shares of voting stock of the Company.

SECTION 203 OF THE DGCL

         Generally, Section 203 of the DGCL prohibits certain Delaware
corporations from engaging in a "business combination" with an "interested
stockholder" for a period of three years after the time of the transaction in
which the person became an interested stockholder, unless (i) prior to the time
the board of directors of the corporation approved either the business
combination or the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an
interested stockholder, (ii) upon consummation of the transaction which
resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested
stockholder owns at least 85% of the outstanding voting stock, or (iii) at or
after such time the business combination is approved by the board of directors
and by the affirmative vote of at least 66 2/3% of the outstanding voting stock
which is not owned by the interested stockholder.  A "business combination"
includes mergers, asset sales and other transactions resulting in a financial
benefit to the interested stockholder.  Subject to certain exceptions, an
"interested stockholder" is a person who, together with affiliates and
associates, owns (or within three years, did own) 15% or more of the
corporation's voting stock.  A Delaware corporation may "opt out" from the
application of Section 203 of the DGCL through a provision in its certificate
of incorporation or by-laws.  The Company has not opted out of





                                       50
<PAGE>   53
Section 203 of the DGCL and thus is subject to this provision which could
render more difficult or discourage a merger, tender offer or other similar
transaction.

RIGHTS PLAN

         On ______ ___, 1996, the Board of the Company declared a dividend
distribution of one right (each, a "Right," and collectively, the "Rights") for
each outstanding share of Common Stock to stockholders of record at the close
of business on ______________, 1996.  The holders of any additional Common
Stock issued subsequent to such date and before the earliest of the
Distribution Date (as hereinafter defined), the redemption of the Rights, the
exchange of the Rights or the expiration of the Rights also will be entitled to
one Right for each such additional share.  Each Right entitles the registered
holder to purchase from the Company one share of Common Stock of the Company,
at a Purchase Price of $_____ per share, subject to adjustment. The Purchase
Price must be paid in cash at the time of exercise.  The description and terms
of the Rights are set forth in a Rights Agreement (the "Rights Agreement")
between the Company and The First National Bank of Boston, as Rights Agent.

         Initially, the Rights will be attached to all Common Stock
certificates representing shares then outstanding, and no separate Rights
certificates will be distributed. The Rights will separate from the Common
Stock and a distribution date will occur (the "Distribution Date") upon the
earlier of (i) ten days following a public announcement that a person or group
of affiliated or associated persons (an "Acquiring Person") has acquired, or
obtained the right to acquire, beneficial ownership of 20% or more of the
outstanding shares of Common Stock (the "Stock Acquisition Date"), or (ii) ten
days following the commencement of a tender offer or exchange offer that would
result in a person or group beneficially owning 30% or more of such outstanding
shares of Common Stock.  Until the Distribution Date, (i) the Rights will be
evidenced by the Common Stock certificates and will be transferred with and
only with such Common Stock certificates, (ii) new Common Stock certificates
issued after May 31, 1996 will contain a notation incorporating the Rights
Agreement by reference and (iii) the surrender for transfer of any certificates
for Common Stock outstanding will also constitute the transfer of the Rights
associated with the Common Stock represented by such certificate.

         The Rights are not exercisable until the Distribution Date and will
expire at the close of business on _______________, 2006, unless earlier
redeemed by the Company as described below.

         As soon as practicable after the Distribution Date, certificates
representing the Rights (the "Rights Certificates") will be mailed to holders
of record of the Common Stock as of the close of business on the Distribution
Date and, thereafter, the separate Rights Certificates alone will represent the
Rights.  Except as otherwise determined by the Board, and except in certain
other circumstances specified in the Rights Agreement, only shares of Common
Stock issued prior to the Distribution Date will be issued with Rights.

         In the event that, at any time following the Distribution Date, (i)
the Company is the surviving corporation in a merger with an Acquiring Person
and its Common Stock is not changed or exchanged, (ii) an Acquiring Person
engages in one or more "self-dealing" transactions as set forth in the Rights
Agreement, or (iii) during such time as there is an Acquiring Person, an event
occurs which results in such Acquiring Person's ownership interest being
increased by more than 1% (e.g., a reverse stock split or recapitalization),
each holder of a Right will thereafter have the right to receive, upon
exercise, Common Stock (or, in certain circumstances, other consideration of
the Company) having a value equal to two times the exercise price of the Right.
Notwithstanding any of the foregoing, following the occurrence of any of the
events set forth in this paragraph, all Rights that are, or (under certain
circumstances specified in the Rights Agreement) were, beneficially owned by
any Acquiring Person will be null and void. However, the right to purchase
Common Stock of the Company having a value equal to two times the exercise
price is not exercisable following the occurrence of either of the events set
forth above until such time as the Rights are no longer redeemable by the
Company as set forth below.

         In the event that, at any time following the Stock Acquisition Date,
(i) the Company is acquired in a merger or other business combination
transaction in which the Company is not the surviving corporation (other than a
merger





                                       51
<PAGE>   54
described in the second preceding paragraph), or (ii) 50% or more of the
Company's assets or earning power is sold or transferred, each holder of a
Right (except Rights which previously have been voided as set forth above)
shall thereafter have the right to receive, upon exercise, common stock of the
acquiring company having a value equal to two times the exercise price of the
Right.  The events set forth in this paragraph and in the second preceding
paragraph are referred to as the "Triggering Events".

         The Purchase Price payable, and the number of shares (or fractions
thereof) or other securities issuable, upon exercise of the Rights are subject
to adjustment from time to time to prevent dilution (i) in the event of a stock
dividend on, or a subdivision, combination or reclassification of, the Common
Stock, (ii) if holders of the Common Stock are granted certain rights or
warrants to subscribe for Common Stock or convertible securities at less than
the current market price of the Common Stock, or (iii) upon the distribution to
holders of the Common Stock of evidences of indebtedness or assets (including
regular quarterly dividends) or of subscription rights or warrants (other than
those referred to above).

         With certain exceptions, no adjustment in the Purchase Price will be
required until cumulative adjustments amount to at least 1% of the Purchase
Price. In addition, to the extent that the Company does not have sufficient
shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the Rights following the
occurrence of a Triggering Event, the Company may, under certain circumstances,
reduce the Purchase Price. No fractional shares will be issued and, in lieu
thereof, an adjustment in cash will be made based on the market price of the
Common Stock on the last trading day prior to the date of exercise.

         At any time until fifteen days following the Stock Acquisition Date,
the Company may redeem the Rights in whole, but not in part, at a price of
$0.05 per Right, subject to certain limitations.  Immediately upon the action
of the Board ordering redemption of the Rights, the Rights will terminate and
the only right of the holders of Rights will be to receive the $0.05 redemption
price.

         Until a Right is exercised, the holder thereof, as such, will have no
rights as a stockholder of the Company, including, without limitation, the
right to vote or to receive dividends.  While the distribution of the Rights
will not be taxable to stockholders or to the Company, stockholders may,
depending upon the circumstances, recognize taxable income in the event that
the Rights become exercisable for Common Stock (or other consideration) of the
Company or for common stock of the acquiring company as set forth above.

         Other than those provisions relating to the principal economic terms
of the Rights, any of the provisions of the Rights Agreement may be amended by
the Board prior to the Distribution Date.  After the Distribution Date, the
provisions of the Rights Agreement may be amended by the Board (in certain
circumstances, with the concurrence of the Continuing Directors) in order to
cure any ambiguity, to make changes which do not adversely affect the interests
of holders of Rights (excluding the interests of any Acquiring Person), or to
shorten or lengthen any time period under the Rights Agreement; provided,
however, that no amendment to adjust the time period governing redemption shall
be made at such time as the Rights are not redeemable.

         The foregoing description of the Rights does not purport to be
complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Rights Agreement
(a copy of the form of which is filed as an exhibit to the Registration
Statement of which this Prospectus is a part), including the definitions
therein of certain terms.

TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR

         The Transfer Agent and Registrar for the Common Stock is The First
National Bank of Boston.





                                       52
<PAGE>   55





                        SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

         Upon completion of the Offering, the Company will have outstanding
7,500,000 shares of Common Stock.  All of these shares of Common Stock will be
freely tradeable without restriction or further registration under the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), except for any
shares owned by an "affiliate" of the Company, which will be subject to the
limitations of Rule 144 under the Securities Act ("Rule 144").

         After the Offering the Subscribing Officers will purchase in the
aggregate approximately 32,000 shares of Common Stock (the "Purchased Shares")
pursuant to the Subscription Agreements and the Subscribing Officers and
certain other executive officers and directors will have the right to exercise
currently exercisable options into approximately 173,119 shares of Common Stock
(the "Option Shares").  The Company and each executive officer and director of
the Company have agreed with the Underwriters not to offer, sell, contract to
sell, grant any option to purchase or otherwise dispose of, directly or
indirectly, any of the Purchased Shares or Option Shares or in any manner
transfer all or a portion of the economic benefits associated with the
ownership of the Purchased Shares or Option Shares for a period of 180 days
after the date of this Prospectus without the prior written consent of Bear,
Stearns & Co. Inc., except for gifts, provided that the donee agrees to be
bound by the foregoing restrictions, and except that the Company may grant
options under its employee benefit plans consistent with past practices or
issue shares of Common Stock upon the exercise of options granted under such
employee benefit plans.

         Executive officers and directors of the Company are generally
permitted to sell Common Stock in accordance with Rule 144.  In general, under
Rule 144 as currently in effect, a person (or persons whose shares are
aggregated) who has beneficially owned his or her restricted securities (as
that term is defined in Rule 144) for at least two years from the date such
securities were acquired from the Company or an affiliate of the Company is
entitled to sell within any three-month period a number of shares that does not
exceed the greater of (i) one percent of the then outstanding shares of Common
Stock and (ii) the average weekly trading volume of the Common Stock during the
four calendar weeks preceding a sale by such person.  Sales under Rule 144 are
also subject to certain manner-of-sale provisions, notice requirements and the
availability of current public information about the Company.  Under Rule 144,
however, a person who has held shares for a minimum of three years from the
later of the date such securities were acquired from the Company or an
affiliate of the Company and who is not, and for the three months prior to the
sale of such shares has not been, an affiliate of the Company, is free to sell
such shares without regard to the volume, manner-of-sale and certain other
limitations contained in Rule 144.

         Following expiration of the 180 day lock-up agreement with the
Underwriters, no outstanding shares of Common Stock held by the Company's
officers and directors will be immediately eligible for sale, subject to
applicable volume limitations and other provisions of Rule 144.

         There can be no certainty as to the effect, if any, that market sales
of shares of Common Stock or the availability of such shares for sale will have
on the market price prevailing from time to time.  Nevertheless, sales of
substantial amounts of Common Stock in the public market may have an adverse
impact on the market for the Shares.





                                       53
<PAGE>   56
                                  UNDERWRITING

The Underwriters named below (the "Underwriters"), for whom Bear, Stearns & Co.
Inc. is acting as Representative (the "Representative"), have severally agreed,
subject to the terms and conditions of the Underwriting Agreement, to purchase
from the Company and the Selling Stockholder the aggregate number of shares of
Common Stock set forth opposite their names below:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             NUMBER OF
                      UNDERWRITERS                                     SHARES TO BE PURCHASED
                      ------------                                     ----------------------
 <S>                                                                          <C>
 Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc.  . . . . . . . . . . . . .




                                                                              
                                                                              ---------
          Total  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                          7,500,000 
                                                                              =========
</TABLE>

         The Underwriting Agreement provides that the obligations of the
Underwriters thereunder are subject to approval of certain legal matters by
their counsel and to various other conditions.  The nature of the obligations
of the Underwriters is such that they are committed to purchase all of the
shares of Common Stock offered hereby if any are purchased.

         The Representative has advised the Company and the Selling Stockholder
that the Underwriters propose initially to offer the shares of Common Stock
offered hereby directly to the public at the public offering price set forth on
the cover page of this Prospectus.  The Underwriters may allow a selected
dealer concession of not more than $_____ per share, and the Underwriters may
allow, and such dealers may reallow, concessions not in excess of $_____ per
share to certain other dealers.  After the initial public offering, the public
offering price and concessions and reallowances to dealers may be changed by
the Representative.

         The Company has granted an option to the Underwriters, exercisable at
any time during the 30-day period after the date of this Prospectus, to
purchase from the Company up to an additional 1,125,000 shares of Common Stock
at the public offering price set forth on the cover page of this Prospectus,
less the underwriting discount.  The Underwriters may exercise such option
solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments, if any, made in connection
with the sale of the shares of Common Stock offered hereby.  To the extent that
the Underwriters exercise this option, each Underwriter will be committed,
subject to certain conditions, to purchase a number of the additional shares of
Common Stock proportionate to such Underwriter's purchases obligations set
forth in the foregoing table.

         The Underwriting Agreement provides that the Company and the Selling
Stockholder will indemnify the several Underwriters against certain
liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, or will
contribute to payments the Underwriters may be required to make in respect
thereof.

         The Company has agreed not to offer, issue, sell, transfer, assign,
contract to sell, grant any option for the sale of, or otherwise dispose of,
directly or indirectly, any shares of Common Stock or any securities
convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock or any rights
to acquire Common Stock for a period of 180 days after the date of this
Prospectus without the prior written consent of the Representative.

         All executive officers and directors of the Company have agreed with
the Underwriters that they will not offer, sell, transfer, assign, contract to
sell or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of Common
Stock owned by them for a period of 180 days after the date of this Prospectus
without the prior written consent of the Representative.





                                       54
<PAGE>   57
After such 180 day period, such persons will be entitled to sell, distribute or
otherwise dispose of the Common Stock that they hold subject to the provisions
of applicable securities laws.

         The Representative has advised the Company and the Selling Stockholder
that the Underwriters do not expect to confirm sales to discretionary accounts.

         The Underwriters have agreed to reserve up to ____ shares of the
Common Stock offered hereby for sale to certain partners of the Selling
Stockholder at the public offering price set forth on the cover page of this
Prospectus.  Such persons must purchase such shares as soon as the Offering
commences and any shares not so purchased will be immediately reoffered by the
Underwriters to the public.

         Prior to the Offering, there has been no public market for the Common
Stock.  The initial public offering price will be determined by negotiation
between the Company and the Representative.  Among the factors which will be
considered in such negotiations are the Company's history, capital structure
and financial condition, its past and present earnings and the trend of such
earnings, prospects for the Company and its industry, the present state of the
Company's development, the recent market prices of publicly-held companies that
the Company and the Representative believe to be comparable to the Company and
general conditions prevailing in the securities markets at the time of this
Offering.

                                 LEGAL MATTERS

         Certain legal matters with respect to the validity of the Shares are
being passed upon for the Company by Andrews & Kurth L.L.P., New York, New
York.  Paul, Hastings, Janofsky & Walker (a partnership including professional
corporations), New York, New York, has acted as counsel to the Underwriters in
connection with the Offering.

                                    EXPERTS

         The Consolidated Financial Statements as of September 30, 1995 and
1994 and for each of  the three fiscal years in the period ended September 30,
1995, appearing in this Prospectus and Registration Statement have been audited
by Deloitte & Touche LLP, independent auditors, as stated in their reports
thereon appearing herein and elsewhere in the Registration Statement, and have
been so included in reliance upon the reports of such firm given upon their
authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

                             AVAILABLE INFORMATION

         The Company is subject to the informational requirements of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and in accordance therewith files
reports, proxy statements and other information with the Securities and
Exchange Commission.  Such reports, proxy statements and other information as
filed by the Company can be inspected and copied at the public reference
facilities maintained by the Commission at Room 1024, 450 Fifth Street, N.W.,
Washington, D.C.  20549 and the following Regional Offices of the Commission:
Northeast Regional Office, 7 World Trade Center, Suite 1300, New York, New York
10048, and Midwest Regional Office, 500 West Madison Street, Suite 1400,
Chicago, Illinois 60661.  Copies of such material can be obtained from the
Public Reference Section of the Commission at 450 Fifth Street, N.W.,
Washington, D.C. 20549, at prescribed rates.  In addition, such reports, proxy
statements and other information may be electronically accessed at the
Commission's site on the World Wide Web located at http://www.sec.gov.  Such
reports, proxy statements and other information concerning the Company may also
be inspected at the offices of the Nasdaq National Market, 1735 K Street, N.W.,
Washington, D.C. 20006.

         The Company has filed with the Commission a Registration Statement on
Form S-1, of which this Prospectus forms a part (together with any amendments
thereto, the "Registration Statement"), under the Securities Act in respect of
the Shares offered hereby.  As permitted by the rules and regulations of the
Commission, this Prospectus omits certain information, exhibits and 
undertakings contained in the Registration Statement.  Such additional 
information, exhibits




                                       55
<PAGE>   58
and undertakings may be inspected at and obtained from the Commission's
principal office in Washington, D.C.  Statements contained herein concerning
the provisions of documents are necessarily summaries of such documents, and
each statement is qualified in its entirety by reference to the copy of the
applicable document filed with the Commission.
        




                                       56
<PAGE>   59
                           SYNTHETIC INDUSTRIES, INC.

                  INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS:

(1)      Consolidated Financial Statements as of September 30, 1994 and 1995
         and for each of the three years in the period ended September 30,
         1995.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                     Page
                                                                                                                     ----
                 <S>                                                                                                  <C>
                 Independent Auditors' Report.  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-2
                 Consolidated Balance Sheets  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-3
                 Consolidated Statements of Operations  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-4
                 Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholder's Equity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-5
                 Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-6
                 Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-7
</TABLE>

(2)      Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements  as of June 30, 1995 and
         1996 and for the three and nine months periods then ended.

<TABLE>
                 <S>                                                                                                 <C>
                 Consolidated Balance Sheets  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  F-18
                 Consolidated Statements of Operations  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  F-19
                 Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  F-20
                 Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  F-21
</TABLE>





                                     F-1
<PAGE>   60
                          INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT

Board of Directors and Stockholder
Synthetic Industries, Inc.
Chickamauga, Georgia

         We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of
Synthetic Industries, Inc. (a wholly owned subsidiary of Synthetic Industries,
L.P.) and its subsidiaries as of September 30, 1994 and 1995, and the related
consolidated statements of operations, changes in stockholder's equity and cash
flows for each of the three years in the period ended September 30, 1995. These
financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our
responsibility is to express an opinion on the financial statements based on
our audits.

         We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of
material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence
supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit
also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant
estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial
statement presentation.  We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis
for our opinion.

         In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly,
in all material respects, the financial position of Synthetic Industries, Inc.
and subsidiaries at September 30, 1994 and 1995, and the results of their
operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended
September 30, 1995 in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.

         As discussed in Note 11 to the consolidated financial statements, the
Company changed its method of accounting for income taxes during the year ended
September 30, 1993.


DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

New York, New York
November 17, 1995 (July 31, 1996 as to Notes 10.c. and 15)





                                     F-2
<PAGE>   61
                  SYNTHETIC INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                          CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
         (IN THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS, EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE AMOUNTS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                        SEPTEMBER 30,     
                                                                                  ------------------------
                                           ASSETS                                     1994         1995   
                                                                                  -----------  -----------
           <S>                                                                    <C>          <C>
           CURRENT ASSETS:
               Cash  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  $     117    $     108
               Accounts receivable, net (Note 3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     39,094       47,947
               Inventory (Note 4)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     32,520       45,597
               Other current assets (Note 5) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     10,859       14,708
                                                                                  ---------    ---------
                       TOTAL CURRENT ASSETS  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     82,590      108,360

           PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT, net (Note 6) . . . . . . . . . . . . .    115,050      116,729

           OTHER ASSETS (Note 7) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     90,293       87,211
                                                                                  ---------    ---------

                                                                                  $ 287,933    $ 312,300
                                                                                  =========    =========

                            LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY

           CURRENT LIABILITIES:
               Accounts payable  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  $  18,767    $  24,021
               Accrued expenses and other current liabilities  . . . . . . . . .      6,944        7,378
               Income taxes payable (Note 11)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .        482        1,455
               Interest payable  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      6,247        6,427
               Current maturities of long-term debt (Note 8) . . . . . . . . . .      6,036           40
                                                                                  ---------    ---------
                       TOTAL CURRENT LIABILITIES   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     38,476       39,321

           LONG-TERM DEBT (Note 8) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    172,490      192,048

           DEFERRED INCOME TAXES (Note 11) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     21,150       23,175


           COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Notes 10 and 11)

           STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY (Notes 14 and 15):
               Common stock  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         --           --
               Additional paid-in capital  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     69,300       69,300
               Cumulative translation adjustments  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .        26            29
               Deficit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    (13,509)     (11,573)
                                                                                  ---------    ---------

                       TOTAL STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     55,817       57,756
                                                                                  ---------    ---------
                                                                                  $ 287,933    $ 312,300       
                                                                                  =========    =========
</TABLE>

                                                                         

                See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.





                                     F-3
<PAGE>   62
                  SYNTHETIC INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
         (IN THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS, EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE AMOUNTS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     FISCAL YEAR ENDED SEPTEMBER 30,                  
                                                              ----------------------------------------------    

                                                                  1993             1994             1995     
                                                              ------------    -------------     ------------   
<S>                                                           <C>             <C>               <C>
Net sales . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       $    210,516    $     234,977     $    271,427
                                                              ------------    -------------     ------------
Costs and expenses:
   Costs of sales   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .            142,181          152,305          194,706
   Selling expenses   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .             19,395           21,815           24,273
   General and administrative expenses  . . . . . . . .             16,404           17,588           21,195
   Amortization of excess of purchase price over net
      assets acquired and other intangibles   . . . . .              2,615            2,499            2,566
                                                              ------------    -------------     ------------

                                                                   180,595          194,207          242,740
                                                              ------------    -------------     ------------

      Operating income  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .             29,921           40,770           28,687
                                                              ------------    -------------     ------------
Other expenses:
   Interest expense   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .             20,854           20,011           22,514
   Amortization of deferred financing costs   . . . . .                933              739              737
                                                              ------------    -------------     ------------

                                                                    21,787           20,750           23,251
                                                              ------------    -------------     ------------
Income from continuing operations before provision
   for income taxes   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .              8,134           20,020            5,436

Provision for income taxes (Note 11)  . . . . . . . . .              4,472            8,600            3,500
                                                              ------------    -------------     ------------

Income from continuing operations . . . . . . . . . . .              3,662           11,420            1,936

Reversal of provision for discontinued operations (Note 12)          1,420               --               --
                                                              ------------    -------------     ------------
Income before extraordinary item and cumulative effect
   of change in accounting principle  . . . . . . . . .              5,082           11,420            1,936
Extraordinary item -- loss from early extinguishment of debt
   (Note 9)   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .             (8,892)              --               --
Cumulative effect on prior years of change in accounting
   for income taxes (Note 11)   . . . . . . . . . . . .             (8,500)              --               --
                                                              ------------    -------------    -------------
NET INCOME (LOSS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       $    (12,310)   $      11,420     $      1,936
                                                              ============    =============     ============

Pro Forma Financial Data (Unaudited):
   Pro forma net income   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                                         $      3,336
                                                                                                ============
   Weighted average shares outstanding used in computing
      pro forma net income per share  . . . . . . . . .                                            7,730,014
                                                                                                ============
   Pro forma net income per share   . . . . . . . . . .                                         $       0.43
                                                                                                ============
</TABLE>


               See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.





                                     F-4
<PAGE>   63
                  SYNTHETIC INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
           CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY
                           (IN THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     ADDITIONAL      CUMULATIVE
                                        COMMON        PAID-IN       TRANSLATION
                                        STOCK         CAPITAL       ADJUSTMENTS       DEFICIT         TOTAL   
                                     -----------   -------------   -------------   -------------   -----------
<S>                                  <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>             <C>
Balance, October 1, 1992  . . .      $        --    $     69,300   $          19  $    (12,619)   $   56,700
Net loss  . . . . . . . . . . .               --              --              --       (12,310)      (12,310)
Foreign currency translation  .               --              --              33            --            33
                                     -----------    ------------   -------------  ------------    ----------
Balance, September 30, 1993 . .               --          69,300              52       (24,929)       44,423
Net income  . . . . . . . . . .               --              --              --       11,420         11,420
Foreign currency translation  .               --              --             (26)           --           (26)
                                     -----------    ------------   -------------  ------------    ---------- 
Balance, September 30, 1994 . .               --          69,300              26       (13,509)       55,817
Net income  . . . . . . . . . .               --              --              --        1,936          1,936
Foreign currency translation  .               --              --               3            --             3
                                     -----------    ------------   -------------  ------------    ----------
Balance, September 30, 1995 . .      $        --    $     69,300   $          29  $    (11,573)   $   57,756
                                     ===========    ============   =============  ============    ==========
</TABLE>

               See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.





                                     F-5
<PAGE>   64
                  SYNTHETIC INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                           (IN THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     FISCAL YEAR ENDED SEPTEMBER 30,          
                                                            --------------------------------------------------
                                                              
                                                                1993             1994               1995      
                                                            -------------   ---------------   ----------------
<S>                                                           <C>               <C>              <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
Income before extraordinary item and cumulative
   effect of change in accounting principle   . . . . . .     $  5,082         $ 11,420         $  1,936
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided
by operations:
   Depreciation   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .        8,515            9,152           11,634
   Amortization of intangibles and deferred financing
      costs   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .        3,558            3,238            3,303
   Deferred income taxes  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .        5,489            3,830             (355)
   Provision for bad debts  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          383              217            3,363
   Loss on disposal of equipment  . . . . . . . . . . . .          751              266               --
   Reversal of provision for loss on disposal of discontinued
      operations (net of tax)   . . . . . . . . . . . . .       (1,420)              --               --
Changes in assets and liabilities:
   Increase in accounts receivable  . . . . . . . . . . .       (5,335)          (2,861)         (12,212)
   Decrease (increase) in inventory   . . . . . . . . . .        1,758           (7,255)         (13,076)
   Increase in other current assets   . . . . . . . . . .         (647)            (632)          (1,469)
   (Decrease) increase in accounts payable  . . . . . . .       (1,700)           5,348            5,254
   Increase in accrued expenses and other current liabilities    2,499              533              434
   (Decrease) increase in income taxes payable  . . . . .         (356)             482              973
   Increase in interest payable   . . . . . . . . . . . .        5,757              224              180
                                                              --------         --------         --------
      Cash provided by (used in) operating activities   .       24,334           23,962              (35)
                                                              --------         --------         --------

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
Additions to property, plant and equipment  . . . . . . .      (11,759)         (31,866)         (13,313)
                                                              --------         --------         --------
   Cash used in investing activities  . . . . . . . . . .      (11,759)         (31,866)         (13,313)
                                                              --------         --------         --------

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
Borrowings under term loan  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       30,000               --           11,000
Repayments under term loan  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      (19,303)          (6,000)          (6,000)
Issuance of 12 3/4% senior subordinated debentures  . . .      140,000               --               --
Redemption of 11 1/2% senior subordinated debentures  . .     (116,344)              --               --
Repayment costs on early extinguishment of debt . . . . .         (720)              --               --
Repayment of junior subordinated debentures . . . . . . .      (17,093)              --               --
Net repayment (borrowings) under revolving credit line  .      (23,298)          13,802            8,598
Repayments of other long term debt  . . . . . . . . . . .          (28)             (31)             (36)
Deferred financing costs  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       (5,784)              --             (221)
                                                              --------         --------         --------
   Cash (used in) provided by financing activities  . . .      (12,570)           7,771           13,341
   Effect of exchange rate changes on cash  . . . . . . .           (1)              (3)              (2)
                                                              --------         --------         --------
NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH . . . . . . . . . . . . .            4             (136)              (9)
CASH AT BEGINNING OF YEAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          249              253              117
                                                              --------         --------         --------
CASH AT END OF YEAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     $    253         $    117         $    108
                                                               =======          =======          =======

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW
INFORMATION:
Cash paid during the year for:
   Interest   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     $ 14,913         $ 19,787         $ 22,334
   Income taxes   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .           --            3,901            2,882
</TABLE>


                See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.





                                     F-6
<PAGE>   65
                 SYNTHETIC INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                  NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
        (IN THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS, EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE AMOUNTS)

1.       ORGANIZATION

         Synthetic Industries, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"),
manufactures and markets a wide range of polypropylene-based fabric and fiber
products designed for industrial applications.  The Company's diverse mix of
products are marketed to the floor covering, construction and technical textile
markets for such end-use applications as carpet backing, geotextiles, erosion
control, concrete reinforcement and furniture construction fabrics.  The
Company is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Synthetic Industries, L.P., a Delaware
limited partnership.

2.       SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

PRINCIPLES OF CONSOLIDATION

         The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the
Company and its subsidiaries, all of which are wholly-owned.  All significant
intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated.

REVENUE RECOGNITION

         Revenue from product sales is recognized at the time of shipment.

FOREIGN CURRENCY TRANSLATION

         The assets and liabilities of foreign subsidiaries are translated at
the fiscal year-end rates of exchange, and the results of operations are
translated at the average rates of exchange for the years presented.  Gains or
losses resulting from translating foreign currency financial statements are
accumulated in the cumulative translation adjustments account in the
stockholder's equity section of the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

INVENTORY

         Inventory is stated at the lower of cost, determined using the
first-in, first-out method, or market.

PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

         Property, plant and equipment is stated at cost less accumulated
depreciation and amortization.  Depreciation is provided on the straight-line
method based on estimated useful lives, as follows:

<TABLE>
                 <S>                               <C>
                 Building and improvements         25 years
                 Machinery and equipment           14 years
</TABLE>

Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of the useful life of the
asset or the term of the lease.  Expenses for repairs, maintenance and renewals
are charged to operations as incurred.  Expenditures which improve an asset or
extend its useful life are capitalized.  When properties are retired or
otherwise disposed of, the related cost and accumulated depreciation and
amortization are removed from the accounts and any gain or loss is included in
the results of operations.

         The Company had capitalized interest costs of $283, $729 and $255 in
fiscal 1993, 1994 and 1995, respectively.





                                     F-7
<PAGE>   66
INCOME TAXES

         The Company accounts for income taxes using an asset and liability
approach in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB")
Statement of Financial Accounting Standards ("SFAS") No. 109, "Accounting for
Income Taxes".  Under SFAS No. 109, deferred income taxes are recognized for
the tax consequences of temporary differences by applying enacted statutory tax
rates applicable to future years to differences between the financial statement
carrying amounts and the tax bases of existing assets and liabilities.  The
effect on deferred taxes of a change in tax rates is recognized in the
statement of operations in the period that includes the enactment date.

EXCESS OF PURCHASE PRICE OVER NET ASSETS ACQUIRED

         The excess of purchase price over net assets acquired is amortized on
a straight-line basis over a period of 40 years.  Excess of purchase price over
net assets acquired is assessed for recoverability on a regular basis.  In
evaluating the value and future benefits of goodwill, its carrying value would
be reduced by the excess, if any, of the balance over management's best
estimate of undiscounted future operating income before amortization of the
related intangible assets over the remaining amortization period.

DEFERRED FINANCING COSTS AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS

         Deferred financing costs are amortized over periods from 5 to 12
years.  Intangible assets consist primarily of trademarks and patent on
Fibermesh(R) which are amortized on a straight-line basis over 40 and 5 years,
respectively.

COMPUTATION OF PRO FORMA NET INCOME PER SHARE

         The Company has presented pro forma net income per share for the year
ended September 30, 1995 in lieu of historical net income per share.
Historical per share information is not meaningful as the Company is owned by
one shareholder.  The pro forma net income per share has been computed assuming
(a) proceeds of the initial public offering (Note 15) were used to repay
indebtedness resulting in interest savings and (b) the weighted average number
of common shares and common share equivalents outstanding have been adjusted to
give effect to the stock split authorized in July 1996 (Note 15).  Pursuant to
Securities and Exchange Commission Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 55, common
share equivalents attributable to stock options granted within one year of an
initial public offering have been included in the calculation of weighted
average shares outstanding.

RECLASSIFICATION OF PRIOR FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

         Certain reclassifications have been made to previous years' financial
statements to conform with 1995 classifications.

USE OF ESTIMATES

         The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial
statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the
reporting period.  Actual results could differ from those estimates.

RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

         In March 1995, the FASB issued SFAS No. 121, "Accounting for the
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for Long- Lived Assets to be Disposed Of,"
which requires impairment losses to be recorded on long-lived assets used in
operations when indicators of impairment are present and the undiscounted cash
flows estimated to be generated by those assets are less than the assets'
carrying amount.  SFAS No. 121 also addresses the accounting for long-lived
assets





                                     F-8
<PAGE>   67
that are expected to be disposed of.  SFAS No. 121 is effective for financial
statements for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 1995; therefore, the
Company will adopt SFAS No. 121 in the first quarter of fiscal 1997 and, based
on current circumstances, does not believe the effect of adoption will be
material.

         In October 1995, the FASB issued SFAS No. 123, "Accounting for
Stock-Based Compensation" which will be effective for the Company beginning
October 1, 1996.  SFAS No. 123 establishes financial accounting and reporting
standards for stock based employee compensation plans.  The Company will
account for stock-based compensation awards under the provisions of Accounting
Principles Board Opinion No. 25, as permitted by SFAS No. 123.  In accordance
with SFAS No. 123, beginning in the fiscal year ended September 30, 1997, the
Company will make pro forma disclosures relative to stock-based compensation as
part of the accompanying footnotes to the consolidated financial statements.

3.       ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE

         Accounts receivable are presented net of the allowances for doubtful
accounts of $1,201 and $4,053 as of September 30, 1994 and 1995, respectively.
During fiscal 1995, the Company recorded a pre-tax charge of $2,852 to increase
the allowance for doubtful accounts due to a customer who experienced severe
financial difficulty.  Amounts written off against established allowances were
$383, $217 and $511 for the years ended September 30, 1993, 1994 and 1995,
respectively.

         Most of the Company's carpet backing sales are with customers located
in Georgia.  Net sales to one customer represented 17%, 18% and 18%,
respectively, of consolidated net sales for the fiscal years presented.

4.       INVENTORY

         Inventory consists of the following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>                   
                                                                    SEPTEMBER 30,     
                                                               -----------------------
                                                                  1994         1995   
                                                               ----------   ----------
                             <S>                               <C>          <C>
                             Finished goods  . . . . . . .     $   20,580   $   27,867

                             Work in progress  . . . . . .          5,263        5,541
                            
                             Raw materials . . . . . . . .          6,677       12,189
                                                               ----------   ----------
                            
                                                               $   32,520   $   45,597
                                                               ==========   ==========

</TABLE>

5.       OTHER CURRENT ASSETS

         Other current assets consist of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       SEPTEMBER 30,     
                                                                  -----------------------
                                                                     1994         1995   
                                                                  ----------   ----------
                                <S>                               <C>          <C>
                                Prepaid supplies  . . . . . .     $    6,416   $    7,192

                                Deferred tax assets (Note 11)          3,085        5,465

                                Other . . . . . . . . . . . .          1,358        2,051
                                                                  ----------   ----------

                                                                  $   10,859   $   14,708
                                                                  ==========   ==========
</TABLE>


                                       F-9
<PAGE>   68

6.       PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

         Property, plant and equipment consists of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       SEPTEMBER 30,      
                                                                --------------------------
                                                                    1994          1995    
                                                                ------------- ------------
                               <S>                              <C>           <C>
                               Land  . . . . . . . . . . . . .  $   3,061     $   3,511

                               Buildings and improvements  . .     21,183        23,457

                               Machinery and equipment and
                                    leasehold improvements . .    141,332       151,921
                                                                ---------     ---------

                                                                  165,576       178,889

                               Accumulated depreciation  . . .    (50,526)      (62,160)
                                                                ---------     ---------

                                                                $ 115,050     $ 116,729
                                                                =========     =========
</TABLE>

7.       OTHER ASSETS

        Other assets consist of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       SEPTEMBER 30,     
                                                                 ------------------------
                                                                    1994          1995   
                                                                 -----------   ----------
                                <S>                              <C>           <C>
                                Excess of purchase price over
                                  net assets acquired   . . .    $  99,818     $  99,818

                                Intangible assets . . . . . .        4,485         3,546

                                Deferred financing and
                                  organizational costs  . . .       12,034        12,230
                                                                 ---------     ---------

                                                                   116,337       115,594
                                Accumulated amortization  . .      (26,044)      (28,383)
                                                                 ---------     ---------
                                                                 $  90,293     $  87,211
                                                                 =========     =========
</TABLE>


The excess of purchase price over net assets acquired arose from the purchase
of the Company's common stock  in 1986.


                                      F-10
<PAGE>   69
8.       LONG-TERM DEBT
Long-term debt consists of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                      SEPTEMBER 30,      
                                                                               --------------------------
                                                                                   1994          1995    
                                                                               ------------- ------------
                          <S>                                                  <C>           <C>
                          Secured Revolving Credit Facility (a):

                            Secured revolving credit portion  . . . . . . . .  $    16,129   $    24,727

                            Term loan portion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       21,000        26,000

                          12 3/4% senior subordinated debentures (b)  . . . .      140,000       140,000

                          Other . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .        1,397         1,361
                                                                               -----------   -----------
                                                                                   178,526       192,088

                          Less current portion  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       (6,036)          (40)
                                                                               -----------   ----------- 

                          Total long-term portion . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  $   172,490   $   192,048
                                                                               ===========   ===========
</TABLE>

         a.      THE SECURED REVOLVING CREDIT FACILITY

         On January 13, 1995, the Company and its lenders entered into a Third
Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Agreement (as amended to date, the
"Credit Facility").  The Company's term loan portion of the Credit Facility
(the "Term Loan") increased to $30,000 from $19,000. Prior to the execution of
the Fourth Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Agreement (the "Amended Credit
Facility") on October 20, 1995, the Term Loan was payable in equal monthly
installments of $500, plus interest beginning on February 1, 1995.  The Company
entered into the Amended Credit Facility, with a termination date of October 1,
2001, which provides for Term Loan borrowings of $45,000 of which $10,000 is
payable in 1999 and $17,500 is payable in each of 2000 and 2001.  Accordingly,
at September 30, 1995, all term loan borrowings are classified as long term.

         The revolving credit loan portion of the Amended Credit Facility (the
"Revolver") provides for availability based on a borrowing formula consisting
of 85% of eligible accounts receivable and 50% of eligible inventory, subject
to certain limitations.  At September 30, 1995, the Company had $9,173
available under the Revolver. Under the Amended Credit Facility, the maximum
amount available for borrowing under the Revolver is increased to $40,000.

         The Amended Credit Facility permits borrowings which bear interest, at
the Company's option, (i) for domestic borrowings based on the lender's base
rate plus .75% (9.5% at September 30, 1995) or (ii) for Eurodollar borrowings
based on the Interbank Eurodollar rate at the time of conversion plus 2.5% or
2.75% for Term Loan or Revolver advances, respectively (8.5% to 8.625% at
September 30, 1995).  The Credit Facility contained similar provisions for
payment of interests thereunder.

         The Amended Credit Facility provides for borrowings under letters of
credit of up to $3,000, which borrowings reduce amounts available under the
Revolver.  The Company is required to pay a .375% fee on the unused portion of
the commitment.

         The Company considers the carrying values of amounts outstanding under
the Credit Facility to approximate fair value because they reprice frequently
at market rates.





                                      F-11
<PAGE>   70
         The Amended Credit Facility is collateralized by substantially all of
the Company's assets and contains covenants related to the maintenance of
certain operating and working capital levels and limitations as to the amount
of capital expenditures.  The Credit Facility was similarly collateralized and
contained like limitations and restrictions.  The Company's ability to pay
dividends on its Common Stock is restricted by both the Amended Credit Facility
and the indenture relating to the Debentures discussed below.  Based on such
restrictions and financial covenants, the Company was prohibited from paying
dividends at September 30, 1995.

         b.      SENIOR SUBORDINATED DEBENTURES

         On December 14, 1992, the Company issued $140,000 of 12-3/4% Senior
Subordinated  Debentures due 2002 (the "Debentures"), which represent unsecured
obligations of the Company.  The Debentures are redeemable at the option of the
Company at any time on or after December 1, 1997, initially at 106.375% of
their principal amount, together with accrued interest, with declining
redemption prices thereafter.  Interest on the Debentures is payable
semi-annually on June 1 and December 1.

         The fair value of the Company's Debentures is estimated based on
quoted market prices for the Debentures in the over-the-counter market.  The
estimated fair value of the Debentures at September 30, 1995 is 97.5% of their
face amount, or $136,500.

         Approximate aggregate minimum annual payments due on long term debt,
inclusive of additional borrowings pursuant to the Amended Credit Facility, for
the subsequent five years are as follows:  1996, $40; 1997, $45; 1998, $50;
1999, $10,057; 2000, $42,291; and thereafter, $158,605.





                                    F-12
<PAGE>   71
9.       EXTINGUISHMENT OF DEBT

         On January 13, 1993, the Company's 11-1/2% Senior Subordinated
Debentures due 1999 (the "Old Debentures"), with a principal amount of
$110,000, were redeemed at 105.11% of the principal amount thereof.  On April
22, 1993, the Company redeemed a $40,000 maturity value zero coupon junior
subordinated debenture scheduled to mature on December 1, 1999, for $17,488.
Also in fiscal 1993, deferred financing fees and prepayment costs associated
with a prior credit facility were written off.  The principal amounts, related
prepayment costs and unamortized issuance costs resulted in an extraordinary
loss of $8,892 (net of tax benefit of $5,392).

10.      COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

         a.      LEASE COMMITMENTS

         The Company leases certain factory and warehouse buildings and
equipment under long-term operating leases expiring through 2009.  Future
minimum lease payments under noncancellable operating leases at September 30,
1995 are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                            YEAR                              AMOUNT    
                         -----------                       -------------
                          <S>                             <C>
                          1996                            $      3,755
                          1997                                   2,637
                          1998                                   1,707
                          1999                                   1,248
                          2000                                   1,080
                          Thereafter                             1,461
                                                          ------------

                          Total                           $     11,888
                                                          ============
</TABLE>

         Total rental expense for the above operating leases and other
short-term leases for the fiscal years 1993, 1994 and 1995 was $4,340, $4,684
and $3,731, respectively.

         b.      CAPITAL EXPENDITURES

         In fiscal 1996, the Company plans a $35,000 expansion of its
manufacturing facilities, of which $3,028 is committed at September 30, 1995.

         c.      CONTINGENCIES

         In January 1995, an arbitration proceeding was initiated by Fibermesh
(Suisse), S.A. against the Company, in the United States, alleging a breach by
the Company of an exclusive distribution agreement for the distribution of
Fibermesh(R) in Switzerland and claiming actual damages of 6,104,000 Swiss
Francs ($4.9 million at June 30, 1996) and punitive damages of $20 million.
The Company believes that it has meritorious defenses to all claims in the
action and that the ultimate resolution will not have a materially adverse
effect on the Company's financial position or results of operations.

         The Company and its subsidiaries are parties to litigation arising out
of their business operations.  Most of such litigation involves claims for
personal injury, property damage, breach of contract and claims involving
employee relations and certain administrative proceedings.  The Company
believes such claims are adequately covered by insurance or do not involve a
risk of material loss to the Company.





                                       F-13
<PAGE>   72
11.      INCOME TAXES

         Income tax expense for each of the years presented is determined in
accordance with SFAS No. 109.  The Company adopted SFAS No. 109 as of October
1, 1992, and reflected a charge of $8,500 representing the cumulative effect of
this accounting change on net income.

         The provision (benefit) for income taxes is as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          YEAR ENDED SEPTEMBER 30,            
                                                                --------------------------------------------
                                                                    1993            1994            1995      
                                                                -----------     ------------    ------------
         <S>                                                    <C>             <C>             <C>
         Current:
                 Federal  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       $      (764)    $      3,770    $      3,180
                 State  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .              (200)           1,000             400
                 Foreign  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                --               --             275
                                                                -----------     ------------    ------------
                                                                       (964)           4,770           3,855
                                                                -----------     ------------    ------------

         Deferred:
                 Federal  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .               795            3,405            (218)
                 State  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                49              425            (137)
                                                                -----------     ------------    -------------
                                                                        844            3,830            (355)
                                                                -----------     ------------    -------------
         Total taxes on income  . . . . . . . . . . . . .       $      (120)    $      8,600    $      3,500
                                                                ===========     ============    ============
</TABLE>

         The Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1993 (the "Tax Act"), enacted
in August 1993, increased the statutory corporate income tax 1% (to 35%) and
made other changes concerning the deductibility of certain costs in determining
taxable income.  Provisions of the Tax Act were effective retroactive to
January 1, 1993.  As a result and in accordance with SFAS No. 109, deferred
federal income tax expense was increased by $423 in the quarter ended September
30, 1993.

         A reconciliation of income taxes from continuing operations computed
at the statutory rate and actual tax expense is as follows:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          YEAR ENDED SEPTEMBER 30,           
                                                               ----------------------------------------------
                                                                    1993             1994            1995    
                                                               --------------   --------------   ------------
<S>                                                            <C>              <C>             <C>
Amount computed at statutory rate . . . . . . . . . . . .      $      2,522     $      7,007    $      1,900
State and local taxes less applicable  federal income tax               289              747             270
Amortization of goodwill  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .               915              871             873
Other nondeductible expenses  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .               142              348             210
Effect of federal tax rate increase . . . . . . . . . . .               423               --              --
Other, net  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .               181             (373)            247
                                                               ------------     ------------    ------------
                                                               $      4,472     $      8,600    $      3,500
                                                               ============     ============    ============
</TABLE>





                                         F-14
<PAGE>   73
The tax effects of significant items comprising the Company's net deferred tax
liability are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                SEPTEMBER 30,           
                                                                     -----------------------------------
                                                                            1994              1995      
                                                                     -----------------   ---------------
          <S>                                                          <C>               <C>
          Property, plant and equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . .      $       20,058    $      22,121
          Trademarks and patents  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .               1,092            1,054
                                                                       --------------    -------------

          Total deferred income tax liabilities . . . . . . . . .              21,150           23,175
                                                                       --------------    -------------

          Receivables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                 480            1,609
          Inventory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                 397              628
          Accrued expenses  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                 691            1,581
          AMT credit carryforward . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .               1,517            1,647
                                                                       --------------    -------------

          Total deferred income tax assets  . . . . . . . . . . .               3,085            5,465
                                                                       --------------    -------------

          Net deferred income tax liability . . . . . . . . . . .      $       18,065    $      17,710
                                                                       ==============    =============
</TABLE>

     United States income tax returns for fiscal years 1992 and 1993 are
currently under examination by the Internal Revenue Service.  In the opinion of
management, adjustments resulting from the examination will not have a material
adverse effect on the Company's consolidated financial position or results of
operations.

12.  DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS

     On March 15, 1993, the Company completed the disposal of its Irish
manufacturing operations, which had been accounted for as a discontinued
operation.  In fiscal 1993, the Company reduced amounts previously provided for
the loss on disposal by $1,420 (net of income taxes of $800).

13.  RETIREMENT PROGRAMS

     For United States employees, the Company maintains a trustee
profit-sharing plan (the "Plan") which is qualified under Section 401(k) of the
Internal Revenue Code.  All full-time employees over the age of 21 who have
been employed continuously for at least one year are eligible for participation
in the Plan.  The Company may, but has not elected to, contribute a portion of
its profits to the Plan, as determined by the Board.  Employer contributions
vest over 3 to 7 years.  The Company has elected to match employee
contributions to the Plan on a 50% basis but not to exceed 6% of the employee's
annual compensation. During fiscal years 1993, 1994 and 1995, the Company
contributed $813, $891 and $921, respectively. The Plan provides for the
Company to bear the expense of the administration of the Plan.  Pension expense
on the foreign plans is not significant.

14.  STOCKHOLDERS EQUITY

     a.   COMMON STOCK

     The authorized capital stock of the Company consisted of 5,000 shares of
common stock, par value $1.00 per share (the "Common Stock"), of which 49.95
shares were outstanding at September 30, 1995 and 1994.  All of the issued and
outstanding shares of Common Stock are owned by Synthetic Industries, L.P.  In
connection with the Recapitalization in July 1996 (Note 15.b), the Company
increased the authorized number of shares to 25,000,000 and approved a
115,740.74- for-1 stock split of the issued and outstanding shares.  All share
and per share information have been adjusted to give retroactive recognition to
the stock split.





                                    F-15
<PAGE>   74
     b.   STOCK OPTIONS

     In August 1994, the Company adopted a stock option plan (the "Directors'
Plan"), pursuant to which non-qualified stock options to purchase an aggregate
of 125,261 shares of Common Stock were granted to the four non-employee
Directors of the Company at an exercise price of $6.83 per share which was
determined by reference to the fair market value of the Company's equity at the
time such Directors joined the Board.  The stock options will be fully vested
by October 1, 1996 and have a term which expires on August 4, 2004.  The
Directors' Plan does not provide for any further grants of options thereunder.

     In August 1994, the Company adopted a stock option plan ( the "1994 Plan")
for its key employees which provides for the grant of incentive stock options,
within the meaning of Section 422A of the Internal Revenue Code, and
non-qualified stock options.  The maximum aggregate number of shares of Common
Stock that may be issued under the 1994 Plan is 491,413 shares.  In December
1995, stock options to purchase an aggregate of 316,697 shares of Common Stock
were granted at an exercise price of $10.72 per share.  The stock options vest
and become exercisable at a rate of 25% per year over a four-year period and
expire ten years from the date of grant.  As of September 30, 1995, no options
were exercisable under the 1994 Plan.

     The purchase price of the shares of Common Stock subject to options under
the 1994 Plan must be no less than the fair market value of the Common Stock at
the date of grant, provided, however, that the purchase price of shares of
Common Stock subject to ISOs granted to any optionee who owns shares possessing
more than 10% of the combined voting power of the Company ("Ten Percent
Stockholder") must not be less than 110% of the fair market value of the Common
Stock at the date of the grant.  The maximum term of an option may not exceed
ten years from the date of grant, except with respect to ISOs granted to Ten
Percent Stockholders which must expire within five years of the date of grant.


15.  SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

     a.   STOCK OPTIONS

     In December 1995, stock options for 174,716 shares of Common Stock were
granted to various employees under the 1994 Plan at an exercise price of $10.72
per share.  The stock options vest and become exercisable at a rate of 25% per
year over a four-year period and expire ten years from the date of grant.  As
of July 30, 1996, options to purchase an aggregate of 491,413 shares of Common
Stock had been granted under the 1994 Plan.  As of July 30, 1996, 79,173 stock
options were exercisable under the 1994 Plan.

     In May 1996, the Company adopted a stock option plan (the "1996 Plan"),
which provides for the grant of incentive stock options and nonqualified stock
options to any full time employee of the Company under terms substantially the
same as the 1994 Plan.  The maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may
be issued under the 1996 Plan is 57,812 shares.  As of July 30, 1996, options
to purchase an aggregate of 21,723 shares had been granted at an exercise price
of $10.72 per share.  As of July 30, 1996, no options were exercisable under
the 1996 Plan.

     b.   RECAPITALIZATION

     On July 31, 1996, the Board of Directors approved an amendment to the
Company's Certificate of Incorporation to effect a recapitalization of the
Company's Common Stock, pursuant to which the number of authorized shares of
the Company's Common Stock will be increased to 25,000,000 shares (the
"Recapitalization").  As part of the Recapitalization, the Board approved a
115,740.74-for-1 stock split of the issued and outstanding shares of Common
Stock.  The Recapitalization, including the stock split, will be effective
immediately prior to a contemplated initial public offering.  All share and per
share information included in the accompanying consolidated financial
statements and notes have been adjusted to give retroactive recognition to the
stock split.

                                                                               
                                                                               
                                                                               
                                                                               
                                                                               
                                                                               
                                                                               
                                                                               
                                                                               




                                       F-16
<PAGE>   75
    In addition, on July 31, 1996, the Board of Directors authorized, subject  
to consummation of an initial public offering, (i) an increase to the number of
available shares of Common Stock that may be issued under the 1996 Plan by     
231,250 to 289,062 and (ii) the distribution of one right (each, a "Right," and
collectively, the "Rights") for each outstanding share of Common Stock to      
stockholders to purchase from the Company one share of Common Stock under      
certain circumstances.  A right will also be attached to each share of Common  
Stock subsequently issued.  The Rights will have certain anti-takeover effects.
                                                                               
                                       F-17
<PAGE>   76
 

                  SYNTHETIC INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                          CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
         (IN THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS, EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
                                  (UNAUDITED)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     SEPTEMBER 30,          JUNE 30,
                                                                          1995                1996       
                                                                   ------------------  ------------------
<S>                                                                  <C>              <C>
                      ASSETS

CURRENT ASSETS
  Cash  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    $         108    $         165
  Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts
      of $4,053 and $4,050, respectively  . . . . . . . . . . . .           47,947           50,809
  Inventory (Note 3)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .           45,597           37,668
  Other current assets  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .           14,708           14,812
                                                                     -------------    -------------

  TOTAL CURRENT ASSETS  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          108,360          103,454

PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT, net (Note 4) . . . . . . . . . . .          116,729          137,237

OTHER ASSETS  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .           87,211           84,841
                                                                     -------------    -------------

                                                                     $     312,300    $     325,532
                                                                     =============    =============

      LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY

CURRENT LIABILITIES:
  Accounts payable  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    $      24,021    $      23,600
  Accrued expenses and other current liabilities  . . . . . . . .            7,378            8,235
  Income taxes payable (Note 6)   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .            1,455            2,204
  Interest payable  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .            6,427            2,555
  Current maturities of long-term debt (Note 5)   . . . . . . . .               40               60
                                                                     -------------    -------------

  TOTAL CURRENT LIABILITIES   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .           39,321           36,654

LONG-TERM DEBT (Note 5) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          192,048          204,145

DEFERRED INCOME TAXES (Note 6)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .           23,175           24,225

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Note 7)

STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY (Note 8):
  Common stock  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .               --               --
  Additional paid-in capital  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .           69,300           69,300
  Cumulative translation adjustments  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .               29               (5)
  Deficit   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          (11,573)          (8,787)
                                                                     --------------   --------------

  TOTAL STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .           57,756           60,508
                                                                     -------------    -------------
                                                                     $     312,300    $     325,532
                                                                     =============    =============
</TABLE>


                See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.


                                     F-18
<PAGE>   77
                  SYNTHETIC INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
         (IN THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS, EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
                                  (UNAUDITED)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           THREE MONTHS ENDED         NINE MONTHS ENDED
                                                                June 30,                    June 30,          
                                                      ---------------------------   ------------------------
                                                          1995           1996          1995          1996    
                                                      ------------   -----------    ----------    ----------
<S>                                                   <C>           <C>            <C>            <C>
Net sales . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     $    72,767   $     82,843   $   194,349    $  212,060
                                                       ----------    -----------    ----------     ---------
Costs and expenses:
   Costs of sales   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          50,867         55,134       136,950       151,221
   Selling expenses   . . . . . . . . . . . . . .           6,627          7,307       17,591         19,259
   General and administrative expenses  . . . . .           4,943          5,233       14,453         16,024
   Amortization of excess of purchase price over net
      assets acquired and other intangibles   . .             648            648        1,918          1,944
                                                      -----------   ------------   ----------     ----------

                                                           63,085         68,322       170,912       188,448
                                                      -----------   ------------   -----------    ----------

      Operating income  . . . . . . . . . . . . .           9,682         14,521       23,437         23,612
                                                      -----------   ------------   ----------     ----------

Other expenses:
   Interest expense   . . . . . . . . . . . . . .           5,846          5,863       17,027         17,253
   Amortization of deferred financing costs   . .             186            175          555            523
                                                      -----------   ------------   ----------     ----------

                                                            6,032          6,038       17,582         17,776
                                                      -----------   ------------   ----------     ----------

Income before provision for income taxes  . . . .           3,650          8,483        5,855          5,836

Provision for income taxes (Note 6) . . . . . . .           1,771          3,390        3,300          3,050
                                                      -----------   ------------   ----------     ----------

NET INCOME  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     $     1,879   $      5,093   $    2,555     $    2,786
                                                      ===========   ============   ==========     ==========

Pro Forma Financial Data (Note 8):
   Pro forma net income   . . . . . . . . . . . .                   $      5,418                  $    3,761
                                                                    ============                  ==========
   Weighted average shares outstanding used in
      computing pro forma net income per share  .                      7,730,014                   7,730,014
                                                                    ============                  ==========
   Pro forma net income per share   . . . . . . .                   $       0.70                  $     0.49
                                                                    ============                  ==========
</TABLE>


                See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.


                                     F-19
<PAGE>   78
                  SYNTHETIC INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                           (IN THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS)
                                  (UNAUDITED)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             NINE MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30,    
                                                                             ---------------------------
                                                                                 1995          1996      
                                                                             ------------   ------------
<S>                                                                          <C>            <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
   Net income   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                             $     2,555   $      2,786
   Adjustments to reconcile net income
   to net cash provided by (used in) operations:
      Depreciation  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                                   8,605          9,774
      Amortization of deferred financing costs and intangibles                      2,473          2,467
      Provision for bad debts   . . . . . . . . .                                     580             23    
      Deferred income taxes   . . . . . . . . . .                                   1,130          1,280    
   Change in assets and liabilities:                                                                          
      Increase in accounts receivable   . . . . .                                  (9,814)        (2,885)   
      (Increase) decrease in inventory  . . . . .                                 (18,205)         7,929    
      Increase in other current assets  . . . . .                                    (117)          (334)   
      Increase (decrease) in accounts payable   .                                   4,917           (421)   
      (Decrease) increase in accrued expenses and other current liabilities          (194)           857
      Increase in income taxes payable  . . . . .                                     188            749
      Decrease in interest payable  . . . . . . .                                  (4,052)        (3,872)
                                                                             ------------   ------------
           Cash provided by (used in) operating activities                        (11,934)        18,353

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
   Additions to property, plant and equipment   .                                 (12,169)       (25,439)

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
   Borrowings under term loan   . . . . . . . . .                                  11,000         19,500
   Repayments under term loan   . . . . . . . . .                                  (4,500)          (500)
   Net borrowings (repayments) under revolving credit line                         17,800        (11,713)
   Deferred financing costs   . . . . . . . . . .                                    (201)           (97)
   Repayments of other long term obligations  . .                                     (27)           (13)
                                                                              -----------   ------------
      Cash provided by financing activities   . .                                  24,072          7,177
      Effect of exchange rate changes on cash   .                                      17            (34)
                                                                              -----------   ------------
NET (DECREASE) INCREASE IN CASH . . . . . . . . .                                     (14)            57
CASH AT BEGINNING OF PERIOD . . . . . . . . . . .                                     117            108
                                                                              -----------   ------------
CASH AT END OF PERIOD . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                             $       103   $        165
                                                                              ===========   ============

SUPPLEMENTAL SCHEDULE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION:
   Cash paid during the year for:
      Interest  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                             $    21,079   $     21,125
      Income taxes  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                                   1,832          1,387

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF NONCASH ACTIVITY:
   Capital lease obligations incurred for purchase of equipment               $        --   $      5,000
</TABLE>

                See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.





                                     F-20
<PAGE>   79
                  SYNTHETIC INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                 JUNE 30, 1996
         (IN THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS, EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
                                  (UNAUDITED)

1.       ORGANIZATION

         Synthetic Industries, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"),
manufactures and markets a wide range of polypropylene-based fabric and fiber
products designed for industrial applications.  The Company's diverse mix of
products are marketed to the floor covering, construction and technical textile
markets for such end-use applications as carpet backing, geotextiles and
erosion control, concrete reinforcement and furniture construction fabrics.
The Company is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Synthetic Industries, L.P., a
Delaware limited partnership.

2.       INTERIM CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

         The consolidated financial statements as of June 30, 1996 and for the
three and nine month periods ended June 30, 1995 and 1996 included herein have
been prepared, without audit, pursuant to the rules and regulations of the
Securities and Exchange Commission.  In the opinion of management, all
adjustments (consisting of normal recurring accruals) necessary for a fair
presentation of the financial position at June 30, 1995 and 1996, and the
results of operations for the three and nine months ended June 30, 1995 and
1996 have been made on a consistent basis.  It is suggested that these
consolidated financial statements be read in conjunction with management's
discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations and
the audited consolidated financial statements and footnotes thereto included
elsewhere in this Prospectus.  Operating results for the three and nine months
ended June 30, 1996 may not necessarily be indicative of the results that may
be expected for the full year.

         The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial
statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the
reporting period.  Actual results could differ from those estimates.

3.       INVENTORY

         Inventory consists of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     SEPTEMBER 30,        JUNE 30,
                                                                         1995               1996      
                                                                     -------------      -------------
                     <S>                                             <C>                <C>
                     Finished goods   . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    $      27,867      $      23,358
                     Work in process  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .            5,541              7,227
                     Raw materials  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .           12,189              7,083
                                                                     -------------      -------------
                                                                     $      45,597      $      37,668
                                                                     =============      =============
</TABLE>





                                       F-21
<PAGE>   80
4.       PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

         Property, plant and equipment consist of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       SEPTEMBER 30,        JUNE 30,
                                                                            1995              1996      
                                                                      ----------------  ----------------
              <S>                                                      <C>                 <C>
              Land    . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     $     3,511        $    3,511
              Buildings and improvements  . . . . . . . . . . . .          23,457            28,650
              Machinery and equipment and
                   leasehold improvements   . . . . . . . . . . .         151,921           177,010
                                                                      -----------        ----------
                                                                          178,889           209,171
              Accumulated depreciation  . . . . . . . . . . . . .         (62,160)          (71,934)
                                                                      -----------        ---------- 
                                                                      $   116,729        $  137,237
                                                                      ===========        ==========
</TABLE>


5.       LONG-TERM DEBT

         Long-term debt consists of the following:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                      SEPTEMBER 30,        JUNE 30,
                                                                                           1995              1996     
                                                                                     ----------------  ---------------
         <S>                                                                         <C>               <C>
         Secured revolving credit facility ("Amended
                 Credit Facility"):
                 Secured revolving credit portion ("Revolver")                       $       24,727   $       13,014
                 Term loan portion                                                           26,000           45,000
         12  3/4% Senior subordinated debentures                                            140,000          140,000
         Capitalized lease obligation                                                         --               4,843
         Other                                                                                1,361            1,348
                                                                                     --------------    -------------
                                                                                            192,088          204,205
                 Less current portion                                                           (40)             (60)
                                                                                     --------------    -------------

                 Total long-term portion                                             $     192,048     $     204,145
                                                                                     =============     =============
</TABLE>

         The Amended Credit Facility, with termination date of October 1, 2001,
provides for term loan borrowings of $45,000, of which $10,000 is payable in
1999 and $17,500 is payable in each of 2000 and 2001.

         The Revolver provides for availability based on a borrowing formula
consisting of 85% of eligible accounts receivable and 50% of eligible
inventory, subject to certain limitations.  Under the Amended Credit Facility,
the maximum amount available for borrowing under the Revolver to $40,000.  At
June 30, 1996, the Company had $25,691 available for borrowings under the
Revolver.

         The Company considers the carrying values for the amounts outstanding
under the Credit Facility to approximate fair value because they reprice
frequently at market rates.


                                       F-22
<PAGE>   81
6.       INCOME TAXES

         The provision (benefit) for income taxes is as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          THREE MONTHS ENDED            NINE MONTHS ENDED
                                                               JUNE 30,                     JUNE 30,         
                                                      --------------------------   --------------------------
                                                           1995          1996          1995           1996   
                                                      -------------  -----------   ------------   -----------
   <S>                                                <C>           <C>            <C>            <C>
   Current:
      Federal   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     $       768    $     1,320   $    1,820     $    1,320
      State   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .             170            190          350            190
      Foreign   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .              --            110            --           260
                                                      -----------    -----------   -----------    ----------

                                                              938          1,620        2,170          1,770
                                                      -----------    -----------   ----------     ----------
   Deferred:
      Federal   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .             805          1,640        1,308          1,180
      State   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .              28            130          (178)          100
                                                      -----------    -----------   -----------    ----------
                                                              833          1,770        1,130          1,280
                                                      -----------    -----------   ----------     ----------

   Total taxes on income  . . . . . . . . . . . .     $     1,771    $     3,390     $  3,300     $    3,050
                                                      ===========    ===========     ========     ==========
</TABLE>

         The federal income tax provision for the three and nine months ended
June 30, 1995 and 1996 reflects the non- deductibility of certain expenses for
income tax purposes such as amortization of goodwill.  Deferred income taxes
result from temporary differences between tax bases of assets and liabilities
and their reported amounts in the financial statements.  The Company's United
States income tax returns for the fiscal years 1992 and 1993 have been examined
and settled without material adjustment.

7.       CONTINGENCY

         In January 1995, an arbitration proceeding was initiated by Fibermesh
(Suisse), S.A. against the Company, in the United States, alleging a breach by
the Company of an exclusive distribution agreement for the distribution of
Fibermesh(R) in Switzerland and claiming actual damages of 6,104,000 Swiss
Francs ($4.9 million at June 30, 1996) and punitive damages of $20 million.
The Company believes that it has meritorious defenses to all claims in the
action and that the ultimate resolution will not have a materially adverse
effect on the Company's financial position or results of operations.

8.       PRO FORMA NET INCOME PER SHARE

         The Company has presented pro forma net income per share for the three
and nine month periods ended June 30, 1996 in lieu of historical net income per
share.  Historical information is not meaningful as the Company is owned by one
shareholder.  The pro forma net income per share has been computed assuming (a)
proceeds of the initial public offering (Note 10) were used to repay
indebtedness resulting in interest savings and (b) the weighted average number
of common shares and common shares equivalents outstanding have been adjusted
to give effect to the stock split authorized in July 1996 (Note 10).  Pursuant
to Securities and Exchange Commission Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 55, common
share equivalents attributable to stock options granted within one year of an
initial public offering have been included in the calculation of weighted
average shares outstanding.


                                      F-23
<PAGE>   82
9.       STOCK OPTIONS

         In December 1995, stock options for 174,716 shares of Common Stock
were granted to various employees under the 1994 Plan at an exercise price of
$10.72 per share.  The stock options vest and become exercisable at a rate of
25% per year over a four-year period and expire ten years from the date of
grant.  As of June 30, 1996, options to purchase an aggregate of 491,413 shares
of Common Stock had been granted under the 1994 Plan.  As of June 30, 1996,
79,173 stock options were exercisable under the 1994 Plan.

         In May 1996, the Company adopted a stock option plan (the "1996
Plan"), which provides for the grant of incentive stock options and
nonqualified stock options to any full time employee of the Company under terms
substantially the same as the 1994 Plan.  The maximum number of shares of
Common Stock that may be issued under the 1996 Plan is 57,812 shares.  As of
June 30, 1996, options to purchase an aggregate of 21,723 shares had been
granted at an exercise price of $10.72 per share.  As of June 30, 1996, no
options were exercisable under the 1996 Plan.

10.      SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

         On July 31, 1996, the Board of Directors approved an amendment to the
Company's Certificate of Incorporation to effect a recapitalization of the
Company's Common Stock, pursuant to which the number of authorized shares of
the Company's Common Stock will be increased to 25,000,000 shares (the
"Recapitalization").  As part of the Recapitalization, the Board approved a
115,740.74-for-1 stock split of the issued and outstanding shares of Common
Stock.  The Recapitalization, including the stock split, will be effective
immediately prior to a contemplated initial public offering.  All share and per
share information included in the accompanying consolidated financial
statements and notes have been adjusted to give retroactive recognition to the
stock split.

         In addition, on July 31, 1996, the Board of Directors authorized,
subject to consummation of an initial public offering, (i) an increase to the
number of available shares of Common Stock that may be issued under the Amended
1996 Plan by 231,250 to 289,062 and (ii) declared a dividend distribution of
one Right for each outstanding share of Common Stock to stockholders to
purchase from the Company one share of Common Stock under certain
circumstances.  A Right will also be attached to each share of Common Stock
subsequently issued.  The Rights will have certain anti-takeover effects.


                                      F-24
<PAGE>   83

===============================================================================

         NO DEALER, SALES REPRESENTATIVE OR ANY OTHER PERSON HAS BEEN
AUTHORIZED TO GIVE ANY INFORMATION OR MAKE ANY REPRESENTATIONS IN CONNECTION
WITH THIS OFFERING OTHER THAN THOSE CONTAINED IN THIS PROSPECTUS IN CONNECTION
WITH THE OFFER MADE BY THIS PROSPECTUS AND, IF GIVEN OR MADE, SUCH INFORMATION
OR REPRESENTATIONS MUST NOT BE RELIED UPON AS HAVING BEEN AUTHORIZED BY THE
COMPANY, THE SELLING STOCKHOLDER OR ANY UNDERWRITER. THIS PROSPECTUS DOES NOT
CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL, OR A SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY, THE COMMON
STOCK TO ANY PERSON IN ANY JURISDICTION WHERE, OR TO ANY PERSON TO WHOM, IT IS
UNLAWFUL TO MAKE SUCH OFFER OR SOLICITATION.  NEITHER THE DELIVERY OF THIS
PROSPECTUS NOR ANY SALE MADE HEREUNDER SHALL, UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES, CREATE
ANY IMPLICATION THAT THERE HAS BEEN NO CHANGE IN THE AFFAIRS OF THE COMPANY
SINCE THE DATE HEREOF OR THAT THE INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS CORRECT AS OF
ANY TIME SUBSEQUENT TO THE DATE HEREOF.

                                ---------------

                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                               Page
                                               ----
<S>                                           <C>
Prospectus Summary  . . . . . . . . . . . .      3
Risk Factors  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      8
The Company . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     11
Use of Proceeds . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     12
Dividend Policy . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     12
Capitalization  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     13
Dilution  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     14
Selected Consolidated Financial Information     15
Management's Discussion and 
 Analysis of Financial Condition and 
 Results of Operations  . . . . . . . . . .     17
Business  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     25
Management  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     39
Principal and Selling Stockholders  . . . .     46
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions  48
Description of Certain Indebtedness . . . .     49
Description of Capital Stock  . . . . . . .     50
Shares Eligible for Future Sale . . . . . .     53
Underwriting  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     54
Legal Matters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     55
Experts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     55
Available Information . . . . . . . . . . .     55
Index to Consolidated Financial Statements     F-1
</TABLE>

    UNTIL __________, 1996 (25 DAYS AFTER THE DATE OF THIS PROSPECTUS), ALL
DEALERS EFFECTING TRANSACTIONS IN SHARES OF THE COMMON STOCK, WHETHER OR NOT
PARTICIPATING IN THIS DISTRIBUTION, MAY BE REQUIRED TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS.
THIS DELIVERY REQUIREMENT IS IN ADDITION TO THE OBLIGATION OF DEALERS TO
DELIVER A PROSPECTUS WHEN ACTING AS UNDERWRITERS AND WITH RESPECT TO THEIR
UNSOLD ALLOTMENTS OR SUBSCRIPTIONS.

===============================================================================



===============================================================================

                                7,500,000 SHARES



                           SYNTHETIC INDUSTRIES, INC.



                                  COMMON STOCK



                                   ----------
                                   PROSPECTUS
                                   ----------



                            Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc.


                                         , 1996

===============================================================================




                                       
<PAGE>   84





                                    PART II
                     INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

ITEM 13. OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION

         The following table sets forth the costs and expenses, other than
underwriting discounts and commissions, to be paid in connection with the sale
of the Common Stock being registered, all of which will be paid by the
Registrant.  All amounts are estimates except the registration fee and the NASD
filing fee.

<TABLE>
<S>                                                         <C>
Registration fee  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .           $       50,561
NASD filing fee   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                   15,163
Nasdaq National Market listing fee  . . . . . . .                39,062.50
Blue Sky fees and expenses  . . . . . . . . . . .                     *
Accounting fees and expenses  . . . . . . . . . .                     *
Legal fees and expenses   . . . . . . . . . . . .                     *
Transfer agent and registrar fees   . . . . . . .                     *
Printing and engraving expenses   . . . . . . . .                     *
Miscellaneous expenses  . . . . . . . . . . . . .                         
                                                            --------------

    Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .           $         *
                                                            ==============
</TABLE>
- ----------
*   To be completed by amendment

ITEM 14.  INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

         Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the "DGCL")
empowers a Delaware corporation to indemnify any person who was or is a party
or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed
action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or
investigative (other than an action by or in the right of such corporation) by
reason of the fact that such person is or was a director, officer, employee or
agent of such corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such
corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or
enterprise.  A corporation may, in advance of the final disposition of any
civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding,
pay the expenses (including attorneys' fees) incurred by any officer, director,
employee or agent in defending such action, provided that the director or
officer undertakes to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined
that he or she is not entitled to be indemnified by the corporation.  A
corporation may indemnify such person against expenses (including attorneys'
fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably
incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if
he or she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to
be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with
respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to
believe his or her conduct was unlawful.

         A Delaware corporation may indemnify officers and directors in an
action by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor
under the same conditions, except that no indemnification is permitted without
judicial approval if the officer or director is adjudged to be liable to the
corporation.  Where an officer or director is successful on the merits or
otherwise in the defense of any action referred to above, the corporation must
indemnify him or her against the expenses (including attorneys' fees) which he
or she actually and reasonably incurred in connection therewith.  The
indemnification provided is not deemed to be exclusive of any other rights to
which an officer or director may be entitled under any corporation's by-laws,
agreement, vote or otherwise.

        In accordance with Section 145 of the DGCL, Article Eleventh of the
Registrant's Certificate of Incorporation, as amended and restated (the
"Amended Certificate") provides that the Registrant shall indemnify each person
who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Registrant
(including the heirs, executors, administrators or estate of such person) or is
or was serving at the request of the Registrant as a director, officer,
employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or
other enterprise, to the fullest extent permitted under Section 145 of the
DGCL, as the same may be amended or supplemented.  The indemnification provided
by the Amended Certificate shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to
which any of those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be
entitled under any by-law, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested
directors or otherwise, both as to action in his or her official capacity and
as to action in another capacity while holding such office, and shall continue





                                     II-1
<PAGE>   85
as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and
shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a
person.

         The foregoing statements are subject to the detailed provisions of
Section 145 of the DGCL and Article Eleventh of the Amended Certificate.

ITEM 15. RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES

         Not applicable

ITEM 16. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(a)      Exhibits
<S>       <C>
1         -- Form of Underwriting Agreement++
2.1       -- Acquisition  Agreement  dated November  21,  1986  between  Synthetic  Industries,  Inc.,
             Synthetic  Industries  Limited,  Polyweave  Corporation,  the  stockholders of  Synthetic
             Industries,  Inc., Synthetic Industries  Limited and SI Holding  Inc., including exhibits
             thereto+
2.2       -- Plan and Agreement of Merger dated December 4, 1986+
2.3       -- Asset Purchase  Agreement dated October  12, 1990 between Synthetic  Industries, Inc. and
             Chicopee+
3.1       -- Certificate of Incorporation  of Synthetic Industries, Inc. (including all  amendments to
             date) filed with the Secretary of the State of Delaware+
3.2       -- Amended and Restated By-Laws  of Synthetic Industries, Inc. (including all amendments  to
             date)+
4.1       -- Specimen of Common Stock Certificate++
4.2       -- Form of Indenture between Synthetic Industries, Inc.  and United States Trust Company  of
             New York, Trustee, in respect to the 12-3/4% Senior Subordinated Debentures due 2002+
4.3       -- Supplemental Form  of Indenture  between  Synthetic Industries,  Inc. and  United  States
             Trust Company  of  New York,  Trustee, in  respect  to the  12-3/4%  Senior  Subordinated
             Debentures due 2002+
4.4       -- Rights  Agreement  dated  __________,   1996  between  Synthetic  Industries,   Inc.  and
             __________, as Rights Agent ++
5.1       -- Opinion  of  Andrews  &  Kurth  L.L.P.  regarding  the  legality  of Common  Stock  being
             registered*
10.1      -- Fourth Amended and Restated Revolving Credit and  Security Agreement dated as of  October
             20, 1995  among Synthetic Industries, Inc.,  The First National Bank of  Boston and other
             Lenders listed  on Schedule 1 thereto, and The First National Bank of Boston, as agent on
             behalf of the Lenders+
10.2      -- Amendment  No.  1 to  the  Fourth  Amended and  Restated  Revolving  Credit  and Security
             Agreement dated as of December 1, 1995+
10.3      -- Amendment  No.   2  to the  Fourth  Amended and  Restated Revolving  Credit  and Security
             Agreement dated as of February 14, 1996*
10.4      -- Amendment  No.   3  to the  Fourth Amended  and  Restated Revolving  Credit  and Security
             Agreement dated as of March 15, 1996+
10.5      -- US Patent No. 4,867,614, Reinforced Soil and Method (Exp.  December 13, 2003)+
10.6      -- US Patent No. 4,790,691, Fiber Reinforced Soil and Method (Exp.  December 13, 2003)+
10.7      -- US Patent  No. 5,007,766,  Shaped Barrier  for Erosion  Control  and Sediment  Collection
             (Exp.  April 16, 2008)+
10.8      -- Lease agreement  dated November 22,  1971 between Murray Sobel  and Synthetic Industries,
             Inc. (including all amendments to date)+
10.9      -- Lease  agreement dated  February 13,  1969, between  Murray Sobel  and wife,  Marcella S.
             Sobel, and  Joseph F. Decosimo,  Frank M. Thompson and Murray  Sobel, Trustees, Synthetic
             Industries, Inc. (including all amendments to date)+
10.10     -- Lease agreement dated December 17, 1990 between Chicopee and Synthetic Industries, Inc.+
10.11     -- Lease agreement dated January 17,  1991 between Herchel L. Webster and  Allie Ree Webster
             and Synthetic Industries, Inc. (the "Lumite Lease")+
10.12     -- Amendment to the Lumite Lease dated October 1, 1992+


</TABLE>




                                     II-2
<PAGE>   86


<TABLE>
<S>      <C>

10.13     -- Consulting Agreement  dated  July  23, 1991  between  Texpro Limitada  y Cia  S.C.A.  and
             Synthetic Industries, Limited +
10.14     -- Supply  Contract between Eastman  Chemical Products, Inc. and  Synthetic Industries, Inc.
             dated December 13, 1991 +
10.15     -- Agreement dated July 1, 1996 between Leonard Chill and Synthetic Industries, Inc.++
10.16     -- Agreement dated July 1, 1996 between W.  Wayne Freed and Synthetic Industries, Inc.++
10.17     -- Agreement dated July 1, 1996 between Ralph A. Kenner and Synthetic Industries, Inc.++
10.18     -- Agreement  dated  July  1,  1996  between  William  Gardner  Wright,  Jr.  and  Synthetic
             Industries, Inc.++
10.19     -- Agreement dated September 2, 1991 between John M. Long and Synthetic Industries, Inc.+
10.20     -- Agreement dated July 1, 1996 between Charles T. Koerner and Synthetic Industries, Inc.++
10.21     -- Agreement dated September 1, 1984 between Robert J. Breyley, Sr. and Fibermesh
             Company ++
10.22     -- Agreement dated July 1, 1996 between Joseph Sinicropi and Synthetic Industries, Inc.++
10.23     -- Agreement dated July 1, 1996 between W.O. Falkenberry and Synthetic Industries, Inc.++
10.24     -- Agreement dated July 1, 1996 between Bobby Callahan and Synthetic Industries, Inc.++
10.25     -- 1994 Stock Option Plan for Non-Employee Directors*
10.26     -- 1994 Stock Option Plan*
10.27     -- 1996 Stock Option Plan*
10.28     -- Incentive Compensation Plan Fiscal Year 1994/1995*
10.29     -- Incentive Compensation Plan Fiscal Year 1995/1996*
21        -- List of Subsidiaries of Synthetic Industries, Inc.+
23.1      -- Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP, independent auditors*
23.2      -- Consent of Andrews  & Kurth L.L.P. (included  in the opinion filed  herewith as Exhibit 5
             hereto)
24        -- Power  of Attorney of  the Board  of Directors (included in  Part II  of the Registration
             Statement) 
27        -- Financial Data Sechedule*
</TABLE>
- ----------              

*  Filed herewith
+  Previously filed
++ To be supplied by amendment

(b)      Not applicable

ITEM 17. UNDERTAKINGS

         Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the 
Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons
of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the
registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange
Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the
Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable.  In the event that a claim for
indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the
registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling
person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or
proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in
connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in
the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent,
submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such
indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities
Act and will be governed the by final adjudication of such issue.

         The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

(a)      For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act,
the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this
registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of
prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h)
under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration
statement as of the time it was declared effective.

(b)      For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act,
each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be
deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered
therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be
the initial bona fide offering thereof.





                                     II-3
<PAGE>   87
                                   SIGNATURES

         Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as 
amended, the Registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed
on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of
Chickamauga, State of Georgia, on August 1, 1996.  

                                        SYNTHETIC INDUSTRIES, INC.

                                        By: /s/ Leonard Chill                
                                            -----------------------------------
                                            Leonard Chill
                                            President

                               POWER OF ATTORNEY

         KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature 
appears below constitutes and appoints Leonard Chill and Joseph Sinicropi, and
each of them, as such person's true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents,
with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for such person and in such
person's name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all
amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this Registration Statement,
and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in
connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission and any other
regulatory authority, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each
of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing
requisite and necessary to be done in connection therewith, as fully to all
intents and purposes as such person might or could do in person, hereby
ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or either
of them, or their or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to
be done by virtue hereof.

         Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as 
amended, this Registration Statement has been signed below by the following
persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 SIGNATURE                               TITLE                                     DATE
 ---------                               -----                                     ----
 <S>                                     <C>                                       <C>       
         /s/ Leonard Chill               President, Chief Executive Officer        August 1, 1996
 --------------------------------------  and Director (Principal Executive                           
             Leonard Chill               Officer)                          
                                                                           



        /s/ Joseph Sinicropi             Chief Financial Officer and Secretary     August 1, 1996
 --------------------------------------  (Principal Accounting Officer)                              
            Joseph Sinicropi                                             


         /s/ Joseph F. Dana              Director                                  August 1, 1996
 --------------------------------------                                                              
             Joseph F. Dana



         /s/ Lee J. Seidler              Director                                  August 1, 1996
 --------------------------------------                                                              
             Lee J. Seidler


       /s/ William J. Shortt             Director                                  August 1, 1996
 --------------------------------------                                                              
           William J. Shortt



        /s/ Robert L. Voigt              Director                                  August 1, 1996
 --------------------------------------                                                              
            Robert L. Voigt
</TABLE>





<PAGE>   88
                               INDEX TO EXHIBITS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                          Sequential
Exhibits                                                                                                  Page Number
- --------                                                                                                  -----------
<S>       <C>                                                                                             <C>
1         -- Form of Underwriting Agreement++
2.1       -- Acquisition  Agreement  dated  November  21, 1986  between  Synthetic  Industries,  Inc.,
             Synthetic  Industries  Limited,  Polyweave  Corporation,  the  stockholders of  Synthetic
             Industries, Inc.,  Synthetic Industries Limited and  SI Holding Inc.,  including exhibits
             thereto+
2.2       -- Plan and Agreement of Merger dated December 4, 1986+
2.3       -- Asset Purchase Agreement  dated October 12,  1990 between Synthetic Industries,  Inc. and
             Chicopee+
3.1       -- Certificate of Incorporation of Synthetic Industries,  Inc. (including all amendments  to
             date) filed with the Secretary of the State of Delaware+
3.2       -- Amended and Restated By-Laws of Synthetic Industries,  Inc. (including all amendments  to
             date)+
4.1       -- Specimen of Common Stock Certificate++
4.2       -- Form of  Indenture between Synthetic Industries, Inc. and United  States Trust Company of
             New York, Trustee, in respect to the 12-3/4% Senior Subordinated Debentures due 2002+
4.3       -- Supplemental  Form of  Indenture  between Synthetic  Industries, Inc.  and  United States
             Trust  Company of  New  York,  Trustee, in  respect  to the  12-3/4% Senior  Subordinated
             Debentures due 2002+
4.4       -- Rights  Agreement  dated   __________,  1996  between  Synthetic   Industries,  Inc.  and
             __________, as Rights Agent ++
5.1       -- Opinion  of  Andrews  &  Kurth  L.L.P.  regarding  the  legality  of Common  Stock  being
             registered*
10.1      -- Fourth Amended  and Restated Revolving Credit and Security Agreement  dated as of October
             20, 1995  among Synthetic Industries, Inc.,  The First National Bank  of Boston and other
             Lenders listed on Schedule 1 thereto, and The First National  Bank of Boston, as agent on
             behalf of the Lenders+
10.2      -- Amendment  No.  1  to  the Fourth  Amended  and Restated  Revolving  Credit  and Security
             Agreement dated as of December 1, 1995+
10.3      -- Amendment  No.   2  to the  Fourth Amended  and  Restated Revolving  Credit  and Security
             Agreement dated as of February 14, 1996*
10.4      -- Amendment  No.   3  to the  Fourth Amended  and  Restated Revolving  Credit  and Security
             Agreement dated as of March 15, 1996+
10.5      -- US Patent No. 4,867,614, Reinforced Soil and Method (Exp.  December 13, 2003)+
10.6      -- US Patent No. 4,790,691, Fiber Reinforced Soil and Method (Exp.  December 13, 2003)+
10.7      -- US  Patent No.  5,007,766, Shaped  Barrier for  Erosion  Control and  Sediment Collection
             (Exp.  April 16, 2008)+
10.8      -- Lease agreement  dated November 22,  1971 between Murray Sobel  and Synthetic Industries,
             Inc. (including all amendments to date)+
10.9      -- Lease  agreement dated  February 13,  1969, between  Murray Sobel  and wife,  Marcella S.
             Sobel,  and  Joseph  F.  Decosimo,  Frank  M. Thompson  and  Murray  Sobel, Trustees  and
             Synthetic Industries, Inc. (including all amendments to date)+
10.10     -- Lease agreement dated December 17, 1990 between Chicopee and Synthetic Industries, Inc.+
10.11     -- Lease agreement  dated January 17, 1991 between Herchel L.  Webster and Allie Ree Webster
             and Synthetic Industries, Inc. (the "Lumite Lease")+
10.12     -- Amendment to the Lumite Lease dated October 1, 1992+
10.13     -- Consulting  Agreement  dated  July 23,  1991  between Texpro  Limitada y  Cia  S.C.A. and
             Synthetic Industries, Limited +
10.14     -- Supply Contract between Eastman  Chemical Products, Inc.  and Synthetic Industries,  Inc.
             dated December 13, 1991 +
10.15     -- Agreement dated July 1, 1996 between Leonard Chill and Synthetic Industries, Inc.++
10.16     -- Agreement dated July 1, 1996 between W.  Wayne Freed and Synthetic Industries, Inc.++
10.17     -- Agreement dated July 1, 1996 between Ralph A. Kenner and Synthetic Industries, Inc.++


</TABLE>

<PAGE>   89

<TABLE>

<S>          <C>                                                                                         
10.18     -- Agreement  dated  July  1,  1996  between  William  Gardner  Wright,  Jr.  and  Synthetic
             Industries, Inc.++
10.19     -- Agreement dated September 2, 1991 between John M. Long and Synthetic Industries, Inc.+
10.20     -- Agreement dated July 1, 1996 between Charles T. Koerner and Synthetic Industries, Inc.++
10.21     -- Agreement dated September 1, 1984 between Robert J. Breyley, Sr. and Fibermesh
             Company ++
10.22     -- Agreement dated July 1, 1996 between Joseph Sinicropi and Synthetic Industries, Inc.++
10.23     -- Agreement dated July 1, 1996 between W.O. Falkenberry and Synthetic Industries, Inc.++
10.24     -- Agreement dated July 1, 1996 between Bobby Callahan and Synthetic Industries, Inc.++
10.25     -- 1994 Stock Option Plan for Non-Employee Directors*
10.26     -- 1994 Stock Option Plan*
10.27     -- 1996 Stock Option Plan*
10.28     -- Incentive Compensation Plan Fiscal Year 1994/1995*
10.29     -- Incentive Compensation Plan Fiscal Year 1995/1996*
21        -- List of Subsidiaries of Synthetic Industries, Inc.+
23.1      -- Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP, independent auditors*
23.2      -- Consent  of Andrews & Kurth  L.L.P. (included in the opinion filed  herewith as Exhibit 5
             hereto)
24        -- Power  of Attorney  of the Board of  Directors (included  in Part II  of the Registration
             Statement) 
27        -- Financial Data Schedule*
</TABLE>
- ----------              

*  Filed herewith
+  Previously filed
++ To be supplied by amendment

<PAGE>   1

                                                                    EXHIBIT 5.1



                      [ANDREWS & KURTH L.L.P. LETTERHEAD]


                                 August 1, 1996


Synthetic Industries, Inc.
309 LaFayette Road
Chickamauga, GA 30707

Ladies and Gentlemen:

         We have acted as counsel for Synthetic Industries, Inc., a Delaware
corporation (the "Company"), in connection with the Company's Registration
Statement on Form S-1 (the "Registration Statement") relating to the
registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, of the offering and
sale of up to an aggregate of 8,625,000 shares (the "Shares") of common stock,
par value $1.00 per share (the "Common Stock"), of the Company.  The Shares
include 1,718,750 shares being offered by the Company, 5,781,250 shares of
Common Stock being offered by Synthetic Industries, L.P., a Delaware limited
partnership which is the sole stockholder of the Company and 1,125,500 shares
which may be sold pursuant to an over-allotment option granted by the Company
to the Underwriters named in the Registration Statement.

         As the basis for the opinion hereinafter expressed, we have examined
such statutes, regulations, corporate records and documents, certificates of
corporate and public officials, and other instruments as we have deemed
necessary or advisable for the purposes of this opinion.  In such examination
we have assumed the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals
and the conformity with the original documents of all documents submitted to us
as copies.

         Based on the foregoing and on such legal considerations as we deem
relevant, we are of the opinion that the Shares to be issued and sold by the
Company, when issued and paid for as described in the Registration Statement,
will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.

         We express no opinion other than as to the federal laws of the United
States of America and the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

         We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the
Registration Statement and to the reference to this firm under the heading
"Legal Matters" in the Prospectus included therein.

                                        Very truly yours,

                                        ANDREWS & KURTH L.L.P.
1152/2437/2539




<PAGE>   1
                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.3

                                 AMENDMENT NO. 2
                                       to
                      FOURTH AMENDED AND RESTATED REVOLVING
                          CREDIT AND SECURITY AGREEMENT
                          dated as of October 20, 1995

                  THIS AMENDMENT NO. 2 dated as of February 14, 1996 is made by
and among Synthetic Industries, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Borrower"),
The First National Bank of Boston ("Bank of Boston"), Sanwa Business Credit
Corporation ("Sanwa") and SouthTrust Bank of Georgia, N.A. ("SouthTrust" and
together with Bank of Boston and Sanwa, the "Lenders"), and Bank of Boston as
agent (the "Agent") for the Lenders.

                             Preliminary Statements

                  The Borrower, the Lenders and the Agent are parties to a
Fourth Amended and Restated Revolving Credit and Security Agreement dated as of
October 20, 1995, as amended by Amendment No. 1 dated as of December 1, 1995
(the "Credit Agreement"; terms defined therein and not otherwise defined herein
being used herein as therein defined).

                  The Borrower has requested, and the Lenders and the Agent have
agreed, upon and subject to the terms, conditions and provisions of this
Amendment, to amend certain provisions of the Credit Agreement.

                  NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the Credit Agreement, the
Loans made by the Lenders and outstanding thereunder, the mutual promises
hereinafter set forth and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and
sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as
follows:

                  Section 1.        Amendments to Credit Agreement. Credit 
Agreement is hereby amended, subject to the provisions of Section 2 hereof, by
deleting the text of Section 11.1(o) thereof and substituting therefor the word
"[Reserved]".

                  Section 2.        Effectiveness of Amendment.  This Amendment 
shall become effective as of the date hereof upon receipt by the Agent of the
following, each in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent:

                  (a)      at least seven copies of this Amendment, each duly 
executed and delivered by the Borrower and each Lender,
<PAGE>   2
                  (b)      a certificate of the president or chief financial 
officer of the Borrower to the effect that (i) all representations and
warranties of the Borrower set forth in the Credit Agreement and the other Loan
Documents are true and correct on and as of the date of this Amendment, both
before and after giving effect to this Amendment, and (ii) no Default or Event
of Default has occurred and is continuing, and such statements shall be true,
and

                  (c)      such other documents, instruments and certificates 
as the Agent may reasonably request in connection with the transactions
contemplated by this Amendment.

                  Section 3. Effect of Amendment. From and after the
effectiveness of this Amendment, all references in the Credit Agreement and in
any other Loan Document to "this Agreement," "the Credit Agreement," 
"hereunder," "hereof" and words of like import referring to the Credit
Agreement, shall mean and be references to the Credit Agreement as amended by
this Amendment. Except as expressly amended hereby, the Credit Agreement and all
terms, conditions and provisions thereof remain in full force and effect and are
hereby ratified and confirmed. The execution, delivery and effectiveness of this
Amendment shall not, except as expressly provided herein, operate as a waiver of
any right, power or remedy of any Lender or the Agent under any of the Loan
Documents, nor constitute a waiver of any provision of any of the Loan
Documents.

                  Section 4. Counterpart Execution; Governing Law.

                  (a)      Execution in Counterparts. This Amendment may be 
executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties hereto in
separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be
deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute but
one and the same agreement.

                  (b)      Governing Law.  This Amendment shall be governed by 
and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Georgia.

                                      -2-
<PAGE>   3
                  IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this
Amendment to be executed by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized,
as of the date first above written.

                                            SYNTHETIC INDUSTRIES, INC.


         (Corporate Seal]                   By:/s/ Leonard Chill
                                               --------------------------------
                                                 Name:
ATTEST:                                          Title:


/s/ Illegible
- -----------------------------
[Assistant] Secretary                       THE FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF BOSTON,
                                            as the Agent and as 
                                            a Lender


                                            By:
                                               --------------------------------
                                                 William C. Purinton
                                                 Vice President



                                            SANWA BUSINESS CREDIT 
                                               CORPORATION


                                            By
                                              ---------------------------------
                                                 Name:
                                                 Title:



                                            SOUTHTRUST BANK OF GEORGIA, 
                                               N.A.


                                            By:
                                               --------------------------------
                                                 Melinda M. Bergbom
                                                 Vice President


                                       -3-
<PAGE>   4
           CERTIFICATE AS TO REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND DEFAULTS

                  I, Leonard Chill, President of Synthetic Industries, Inc., a
Delaware corporation (the "Borrower"), hereby certify in connection with
Amendment No. 2 dated as of February 14, 1996 ("Amendment No. 2") to the Fourth
Amended and Restated Revolving Credit and Security Agreement dated as of October
20, 1995 amended by Amendment No. 1 dated as of December 1, 1995 (the "Credit
Agreement"; terms defined therein, unless otherwise defined herein, being used
herein as therein defined) among the Borrower, the "Lenders" named therein and
The First National Bank of Boston, as agent for the Lenders, that, to the best
of my knowledge and based on an examination sufficient to enable me to make an
informed statement:

                  (i)      all of the representations and warranties made or 
deemed to be made under the Credit Agreement and any other Loan Document are
true and correct as of the date hereof, both before and after giving effect to
Amendment No. 2, and

                  (ii)     no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is
continuing as of the date hereof.

                  IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and the seal
of the Borrower this    day of February 1996.

                                                          /s/ Leonard Chill
                                                          ---------------------
                                                          Leonard Chill
                                                          President
<PAGE>   5
                  IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this
Amendment to be executed by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized,
as of the date first above written.

                                             SYNTHETIC INDUSTRIES, INC.


         (Corporate Seal]                    By:/s/ Leonard Chill
                                                -----------------------
                                                  Name:
ATTEST:                                           Title:


/s/ Illegible
- --------------------------
[Assistant] Secretary


                                             THE FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF BOSTON,
                                             as the Agent and as a Lender


                                             By:
                                                -----------------------
                                                  William C. Purinton
                                                  Vice President



                                             SANWA BUSINESS CREDIT
                                             CORPORATION


                                             By
                                                -----------------------
                                                  Name:
                                                  Title:



                                             SOUTHTRUST BANK OF GEORGIA, N.A.


                                             By:
                                                -----------------------
                                                  Melinda M. Bergbom
                                                  Vice President
                                      -3-

<PAGE>   1
                                                                  Exhibit 10.25

                           SYNTHETIC INDUSTRIES, INC.
                             1994 STOCK OPTION PLAN
                           FOR NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTORS

                                    ARTICLE 1

                                   DEFINITIONS

                  As used herein, the following terms have the meanings
hereinafter set forth unless the context clearly indicates to the contrary:

                  1.1      "Board" shall mean the Board of Directors of the 
Company.

                  1.2      "Committee" shall mean a committee designated by the 
Board, which shall consist of at least two (2) members of the Board. The initial
members of the Committee shall be Jon P. Beckman and Leonard Chill.

                  1.3      "Company" shall mean Synthetic Industries, Inc., a 
Delaware corporation, and any successor to such corporation.

                  1.4      "Disabled Non-Employee Director" shall mean a 
Non-Employee Director who is determined by (i) a licensed physician acceptable
to the Committee (which determination shall be evidenced by a certificate
addressed and delivered to the Committee), and (ii) the Committee, in its sole
and absolute discretion, to be completely unable to serve as a member of the
Board.

                  1.5      "Fair Market Value" of a share of Stock shall mean,
as of any date, the fair market value of the Stock as determined by the
Committee in accordance with this Section 1.5.

                  For purposes of the Plan, as of any date when the Stock is
quoted on the National Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotation
System, National Market System ("NASDAQ-NSM") or listed on one or more national
securities exchanges, the "Fair Market Value" of the Stock as of such date shall
be deemed to be the mean between the highest and lowest sale prices of the Stock
reported on the NASDAQ-NMS or the principal national securities exchange on
which the Stock is listed and traded on the immediately preceding date, or, if
there is no such sale on that date, then on the last preceding date on which
such a sale was reported. If the Stock is not quoted on the NASDAQ-NMS or listed
on an exchange, or representative quotes are not otherwise available, the "Fair
Market Value" of the Stock shall mean the amount determined by the 
<PAGE>   2
Committee to be the fair market value based upon their good faith valuation.

                  1.6      "Non-Employee Director" shall mean each of the 
following members of the Board: Joseph F. Dana, Lee J. Seidler, William J.
Shortt and Robert L. Voigt.

                  1.7      "Option" shall mean an option granted pursuant to 
the provisions of Article 6 hereof that does not satisfy the requirements of
Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

                  1.8      "Optionee" shall mean a person to whom an Option has
been granted hereunder.

                  1.9      "Plan" shall mean the Synthetic Industries, Inc. 1994
Stock Option Plan for Non-Employee Directors, the terms of which are set forth
herein, as amended from time to time.

                  1.10     "Stock" shall mean the common stock of the Company,
par value $1.00 per share, or in the event that the outstanding shares of Stock
are hereafter changed into or exchanged for shares of a different stock or
securities of the Company or some other corporation, such other stock or
securities.

                  1.11     "Stock Option Agreement" shall mean an agreement 
between the Company and an Optionee under which the Optionee may purchase Stock
hereunder.

                                    ARTICLE 2

                                    THE PLAN

                  2.1      Name.  This Plan shall be known as the "Synthetic
Industries, Inc. 1994 Stock Option Plan for Non-Employee Directors."

                  2.2      Purpose. The purpose of the Plan is to enable the 
Company to provide incentives, which are linked directly to increases in
shareholder value, to Non-Employee Directors in order that they will be
encouraged to serve on the Board and exert their best efforts on behalf of the
Company.

                  2.3      Effective Date. The Plan shall become effective upon
its adoption by the Board; provided, however, that if the Plan is not approved
by the holders of a majority of the shares of capital stock of the Company
entitled to vote thereon within twelve 

                                      -2-
<PAGE>   3
(12) months after the date on which the Plan is adopted by the Board, the Plan
and any Options granted thereunder shall terminate and become null and void. The
effective date is July 15, 1994.

                  2.4      Term of Plan. No Option shall be granted pursuant to
the Plan on or after the tenth (10th) anniversary of the date on which the Plan
is adopted by the Board, but Options theretofore granted may extend beyond such
anniversary date.
                                    ARTICLE 3

                                THE PARTICIPANTS

                  As at July 15, 1994, the Company had 49.95 shares of Stock
outstanding. The Non-Employee Directors shall be granted the following Options:
Mr. Seidler - an Option to purchase 0.4995 shares of Stock; Mr. Dana - an Option
to purchase 0.24975 shares of Stock; Mr. Shortt - an Option to purchase 0.1665
shares of Stock; and Mr. Voigt - an Option to purchase 0.1665 shares of Stock.
In no event shall any other options be granted under the Plan.

                                    ARTICLE 4

                                 ADMINISTRATION

                  4.1 Duties and Powers of Committee. The Plan shall be
administered by the Committee. The Board may from time to time remove members
from or add members to the Committee, and shall fill any vacancy on the
Committee. The Committee shall select one of its members as its Chairman, should
the Board fail to select a Chairman for it, and shall hold its meetings at such
times and places as it may determine. The Committee shall keep minutes of its
meetings and shall make such rules and regulations for the conduct of its
business as it may deem necessary. Subject to the express provisions of the
Plan, the Committee shall have the discretion and authority to determine the
time or times at which each option may be exercised and the terms and conditions
of each Stock Option Agreement; provided, however, that shares subject to any
such agreement shall vest at a minimum of twenty-five percent (25%) per year
over a four (4) year period. Subject to the express provisions of the Plan, the
Committee shall also have complete authority to interpret the Plan, to
prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to it, to determine
the details and provisions of each Stock Option Agreement, and to make all other
determinations necessary or advisable in the administration of the Plan,
including without limitation the amending or altering of the 

                                      -3-
<PAGE>   4
Plan and any Options granted hereunder as may be required to comply with or to
conform to any federal, state or local laws or regulations. No member of the
Board or the Committee shall be liable to any person for any action,
determination or omission made with respect to the Plan or any Option granted
hereunder. The determinations of the Committee on the matters referred to in
this Section shall be conclusive.

                  4.2      Majority Rule. A majority of the members of the 
Committee shall constitute a quorum, and any action taken by a majority at a
meeting at which a quorum is present or any action taken without a meeting
evidenced by a writing executed by all the members of the Committee shall
constitute the action of the Committee.

                  4.3      Company Assistance.  The Company shall supply full 
and timely information to the Committee on all matters relating to the service
of each Non-Employee Director on the Board. The Company also shall furnish the
Committee with such clerical and other assistance as is necessary in the
performance of its duties.

                                    ARTICLE 5

                         SHARES OF STOCK SUBJECT TO PLAN

                  5.1      Limitations. Subject to adjustments pursuant to the
provisions of Section 5.2 hereof, the maximum number of shares of Stock which
may be issued and sold hereunder shall not exceed 1.08225 shares of Stock.
Shares subject to an Option may be either authorized but unissued shares or
shares issued and reacquired by the Company; provided, however, that shares of
Stock with respect to which an Option has been exercised shall not again be
available for issuance hereunder.

                  5.2      Adjustment upon Changes in Capitalization.

                  (a) In the event that the outstanding shares of Stock are
changed by reason of reorganization, merger, consolidation, recapitalization,
reclassification, stock split, combination or exchange of shares and the like,
or dividends payable in Stock, an appropriate adjustment shall be made by the
Committee in the aggregate number of shares of Stock available under the Plan
and in the number of shares and price per share subject to outstanding Options.
In the event that (i) the Company shall be reorganized or (ii) substantially all
or all of the assets of the Company shall be sold or exchanged, an Optionee
shall be entitled to receive, upon the exercise of his Option, the same number
and kind of shares of 

                                      -4-
<PAGE>   5
Stock or the same amount of property, cash or securities as he would have been
entitled to receive upon the occurrence of any such corporate event as if he had
been, immediately prior to such event, the holder of the number of shares of
Stock covered by his Option.

                  (b) Any adjustment under this Section 5.2 in the number of 
shares of Stock subject to options shall be determined solely by the Committee
and shall apply proportionately to only the unexercised portion of any option
granted hereunder.

                                    ARTICLE 6

                                     OPTIONS

                  6.1      Option Grant and Agreement. Each Option granted 
hereunder shall be evidenced by minutes of a meeting or the written consent
of the Committee and by a written Stock Option Agreement, dated as of the date
of grant and executed by the Company and the Optionee. As to each grant
hereunder, the terms of the Option, including the Option's duration, time or
times of exercise, and exercise price shall be stated in the Stock Option
Agreement. The terms and conditions of the Option shall be consistent with the
Plan.
                  6.2      Option Price. The per share Option price of the Stock
subject to each Option shall be equal to $790,790.80, which amount is
representative of the per share Fair Market Value of the Stock on the date each
Non-Employee Director became a member of the Board.

                  6.3      Exercise Period.  The period for the exercise of each
Option shall be determined by the Committee, but in no instance shall such
period extend beyond ten (10) years from the date of grant of the Option.

                  6.4      Option Exercise. (a) Unless otherwise provided in the
Stock Option Agreement, an Option shall be exercisable in whole or in part at
any time prior to expiration of the Option, provided that, unless otherwise
determined by the Committee, no Option may be exercised for less than the lesser
of (i) 0.00166667 shares or (ii) the number of shares which remain subject to
the Option. The Committee shall have the authority in its sole discretion to
prescribe in any Stock Option Agreement that the Option may be exercised in
installments during the term of the Option, and to determine, from time to time,
the documents required in connection with such exercise.

                                      -5-
<PAGE>   6
                  (b) An Option may be exercised at any time or from time to
time during the term of the Option as to any or all full shares of Stock which
have become purchasable under the provisions of the Option. The Option price is
to be paid in full in cash upon the exercise of the Option and the Company shall
not be required to deliver certificates for such shares until such payment has
been made; provided, however, that in lieu of cash, an Optionee may, to the
extent permitted by the Stock Option Agreement at the date of grant, exercise
his Option in whole or in part, by tendering to the Company shares of Stock
owned by him and having a Fair Market Value as of the date of exercise equal to
the Option price applicable to his Option, or a combination of cash and shares.
The holder of an Option shall not have any of the rights of a stockholder with
respect to the shares of Stock subject to the Option until such shares have been
issued to him upon the exercise of his Option.

                  At the discretion of the Committee, payment for any shares of
Stock subject to Options may also be made by delivering a properly executed
exercise notice to the Company, together with a copy of irrevocable instructions
to a broker to deliver promptly to the Company an amount of sale or loan
proceeds sufficient to pay the Option price. To facilitate the foregoing, the
Company may enter into agreements for coordinated procedures with one or more
brokerage firms.

                  (c) An Option shall be exercised by written notice of intent
to exercise the Option with respect to a specified number of shares of Stock
delivered to the Company at its principal office, together with payment in full
to the Company in accordance with Section 6.4 (b) of the amount of the option
price for the number of shares of Stock with respect to which the Option is then
being exercised.

                  6.5 Nontransferability of Option. (a) Except as provided in
Section 6.5(b), (i) no Option shall be transferable by an Optionee otherwise
than by will or the laws of descent and distribution and (ii) during the
lifetime of an Optionee, his Option shall be exercisable only by him.


                  (b) The Committee, in its sole and absolute discretion, may
provide in any Option Agreement or amendment thereto, that the Optionee may
transfer Options to his children, grandchildren or spouse, or to one or more
trusts for the benefit of such family members or partnerships in which such
family members are the only partners, provided that (i) the Optionee does not
receive any consideration for such transfer, and (ii) the transferee of such
Options remains subject to all the terms and conditions that were applicable to
such options immediately prior to such transfer.

                                      -6-
<PAGE>   7
                  6.6 Death, Disability, Retirement, Resignation or
Disassociation of Optionee. In the event any Optionee dies while he is a member
of the Board; becomes a Disabled Non-Employee Director; retires from the Board;
resigns from the Board or otherwise is no longer a member of the Board
("Disassociation"), any Option held by him, to the extent exercisable on the
date of his death, disablement, retirement, resignation or Disassociation shall
remain exercisable by him or his legatee or legatees under the Optionee's will,
or by his personal representative or distributees, (i) in the event of
retirement, resignation or Disassociation for a period of three (3) years
following the date of retirement, resignation or Disassociation and (ii) in the
event of disability or death for a period of two (2) years following the date of
disability or death, but in no event beyond the Option term.

                  If an Option granted hereunder shall be exercised by the legal
representative of a deceased Non-Employee Director or former Non-Employee
Director or by a person who acquired an Option granted hereunder by bequest or
inheritance or by reason of the death of any Non-Employee Director or former
Non-Employee Director, written notice of such exercise shall be accompanied by a
certified copy of letters testamentary or equivalent proof of the right of such
legal representative or other person to exercise such Option.

                  6.7 Vesting. The Committee shall have the right to accelerate,
in whole or in part, from time to time, conditionally or unconditionally, the
vesting and/or right to exercise any Option granted under the Plan if it
determines that (i) such acceleration would be appropriate in order to preserve
the rights and intended benefits of Options granted to any Optionee under the
Plan, or (ii) such acceleration would be in the best interests of the Company.

                                    ARTICLE 7

                               STOCK CERTIFICATES

                  The Company shall not be required to issue or deliver any
certificate for shares of Stock purchased upon the exercise of any Option
granted hereunder or any portion thereof, prior to fulfillment of all of the
following conditions:

                  (a)      The admission of such shares to listing on all stock
exchanges on which the Stock is then listed;

                                      -7-
<PAGE>   8
                  (b)      The completion of any registration or other 
qualification of such shares under any federal or state law or under the rulings
or regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission or any other
governmental regulatory body, which the Committee shall in its sole discretion
deem necessary or advisable; and

                  (c)      The obtaining of any approval or other clearance from
any federal or state governmental agency which the Committee shall in its sole
discretion determine to be necessary or advisable.

                                    ARTICLE 8

                             CONDITIONS OF EXERCISE

                  (a)      Unless prior to the exercise of an option the shares
of Stock issuable upon such exercise are the subject of a registration statement
filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to the Securities Act
of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), and there is then in effect a
prospectus filed as part of such registration statement meeting the requirements
of Section 10 (a) (3) of the Securities Act, the notice of exercise with respect
to such Option shall be accompanied by a representation or agreement of the
optionee to the Company to the effect that such shares are being acquired for
investment only and not with a view to the resale or distribution thereof, or
such other documentation as may be required by the Company, unless, in the
opinion of counsel to the Company, such representation, agreement or
documentation is not necessary to comply with the Securities Act.

                  (b)      Anything in Section B(a) to the contrary 
notwithstanding, the Company shall not be obligated to issue or sell any shares
of Stock until they have been listed on each securities exchange on which such
shares may then be listed and until and unless, in the opinion of counsel to the
Company, the Company may issue such shares pursuant to a qualification or an
effective registration statement, or an exemption from registration, under such
state and federal laws, rules or regulations as such counsel may deem
applicable. The Company shall use reasonable efforts to effect such listing,
qualification and registration, as the case may be.

                                      -8-
<PAGE>   9
                                    ARTICLE 9

                                     LEGENDS

                  The Company may endorse such legend or legends upon any Stock
Option Agreement and upon the certificates for shares of Stock issued upon
exercise of such Option, and the Committee may issue such "stop transfer"
instructions to the Company's transfer agent in respect of such Stock Option
Agreement and/or shares, as the Committee, in its sole and absolute discretion,
determines to be necessary or appropriate to (i) prevent a violation of, or to
perfect an exemption from, the registration requirements of the Securities Act,
or (ii) implement the provisions of any agreement between the Company and the
Optionee or grantee with respect to such Stock Option Agreement and/or shares.

                                   ARTICLE 10

                 TERMINATION, AMENDMENT AND MODIFICATION OF PLAN

                  The Board may at any time, upon recommendation of the
Committee and notwithstanding Section 2.4 hereof, terminate the Plan, and may at
any time and from time to time and in any respect amend or modify the Plan;
provided, however, that the Board, without approval of the shareholders of the
Company, may not adopt any amendment to the Plan if the amendment would:

                  (a) Increase the total number of shares of Stock which may be
issued pursuant to the Plan except as contemplated in Section 5.2 hereof; or

                  (b) Materially modify the requirements as to eligibility for 
participation in the Plan.

                  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board shall not terminate,
amend or modify the Plan in any manner so as to adversely affect the rights of
Optionees with respect to Options theretofore granted under the Plan without the
consent of the Optionee or permitted transferee (if any) of the Option.

                                      -9-
<PAGE>   10
                                   ARTICLE 11

                    RELATIONSHIP TO OTHER COMPENSATION PLANS

                  11.1     In General. The adoption of the Plan shall not affect
any other stock option, incentive or other compensation plans in effect for the
Company, nor shall the adoption of the Plan preclude the Company from
establishing any other forms of incentive or other compensation for employees
and directors of, or independent contractors with, the Company.

                                   ARTICLE 12

                                  MISCELLANEOUS

                  12.1     Plan Binding on Successors.  The Plan shall be 
binding upon the successors and assigns of the Company.


                  12.2     Singular, Plural; Gender.  Whenever used herein, 
nouns in the singular shall include the plural, and the masculine pronoun shall
include the feminine gender.

                  12.3     Headings, etc., No Part of Plan.  Headings of 
articles and Sections hereof are inserted for convenience and reference; they
constitute no part of the Plan.

                  12.4     Applicable  Law.  The Plan shall be governed by, and
construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware.

                  12.5     No Right to Continue as a Director. Nothing in the 
Plan or in any Option shall confer on any Optionee any right to continue as a
member of the Board or affect the right of the Company, the Board or the
shareholders of the Company to terminate the directorship of any Optionee at any
time.

                                      -10-

<PAGE>   1
                                                                  EXHIBIT 10.26

                           SYNTHETIC INDUSTRIES, INC.
                             1994 STOCK OPTION PLAN

                                    ARTICLE 1
                                   DEFINITIONS

         As used herein, the following terms have the meanings hereinafter set
forth unless the context clearly indicates to the contrary:

         1.1      "Board" shall means the Board of Directors of the Company.

         1.2      "Code" shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as 
amended.

         1.3      "Committee" shall mean a committee designated by the Board, 
which shall consist of at least two (2) members of the Board. At any time when
transactions under the Plan are subject to Section 16 of the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"), each such director must be a
"disinterested person" within the meaning of Rule 16b-3 (or any successor rule
or regulation) promulgated under the Exchange Act.

         1.4      "Company" shall mean Synthetic Industries, Inc., a Delaware
corporation, and any successor to such corporation.

         1.5      "Disabled Employee" shall mean an employee of the Company or 
any of its Subsidiaries who is determined by (i) a licensed physician acceptable
to the Committee (which determination shall be evidenced by a certificate
addressed and delivered to the Company), and (ii) the Committee, in its sole and
absolute discretion, to be completely unable to engage in his regular
occupation.

         1.6      "Fair Market Value" of a share of Stock shall mean, as of any
date, the fair market value of the Stock as determined by the Committee in
accordance with this Section 1.6.

         For purposes of the Plan, as of any date when the Stock is quoted on
the National Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotation System,
National Market System ("NASDAQ-NMS") or listed on one or more national
securities exchanges, the "Fair Market Value" of the Stock as of such date shall
be deemed to be the mean between the highest and lowest sale prices of the Stock
reported on the NASDAQ-NMS or the principal national securities 
<PAGE>   2
exchange on which the Stock is listed and traded on the immediately preceding
date, or, if there is no such sale on that date, then on the last preceding date
on which such a sale was reported. If the Stock is not quoted on the NASDAQ-NMS
or listed on an exchange, or representative quotes are not otherwise available,
the "Fair Market Value" of the Stock shall mean the amount determined by the
Committee to be the fair market value based upon their good faith valuation.

         1.7      "Incentive Stock Option" shall mean an option to purchase 
Stock which complies with and is subject to the terms, limitations and
conditions of Section 422 of the Code and any regulations promulgated with
respect thereto.

         1.8      "Non-Employee Director" shall mean a member of the Board who 
is not an employee of the Company or any Subsidiary.

         1.9      "Non-ISO" shall mean an option to purchase Stock which fails,
or is not intended, to satisfy the requirements of Section 422 of the Code.

         1.10     "Option" shall mean an Incentive Stock Option or a NonISO
granted pursuant to the provisions of Article 6 hereof.

         1.11     "Optionee shall mean a person to whom an Option has been
granted hereunder.

         1.12     "Parent" shall mean any corporation coming within the
definition of the term "parent corporation" contained in Section 424(e) of the
Code.

         1.13     "Plan" shall mean the Synthetic Industries, Inc. 1994 Stock 
Option Plan, the terms of which are set forth herein, as amended from time to
time.

         1.14     "Predecessor" shall mean any corporation coming within the
definition of the term "predecessor corporation" contained in Treasury
Regulations promulgated under Section 422 of the Code.

         1.15     "Stock" shall mean the common stock of the Company, par value
$1.00 per share, or in the event that the outstanding shares of Stock are
hereafter changed into or exchanged for shares of a different stock or
securities of the Company or some other corporation, such other stock or
securities.

         1.16     "Stock Option Agreement" shall mean an agreement between the
Company and an Optionee under which the optionee may purchase Stock hereunder.

                                       2
<PAGE>   3
         1.17     "Subsidiary" shall mean any corporation coming within the
definition of the term "subsidiary corporation" contained in Section 424(f) of
the Code.
                                    ARTICLE 2

                                    THE PLAN

         2.1      Name.  This Plan shall be known as the "Synthetic Industries,
Inc. 1996 Stock Option Plan."

         2.2      Purpose. The purpose of the Plan is to advance the interests 
of the Company, its Subsidiaries and its shareholders by affording certain key
employees of the Company and its Subsidiaries an opportunity to acquire or
increase their proprietary interests in the Company by granting to such persons
options to purchase Stock in the Company, so that optionees will be provided
with an additional incentive to achieve the Company's objectives through
participation in its success and growth and to encourage their continued
employment with the Company or its Subsidiaries.

         2.3      Effective Date. The Plan shall become effective upon its 
adoption by the Board; provided, however, that if the Plan is not approved by
the holders of a majority of the shares of capital stock of the Company entitled
to vote thereon within twelve (12) months before or after the date on which the
Plan is adopted by the Board, the Plan and any Options granted thereunder shall
terminate and become null and void. The effective date is August 29, 1994.

         2.4      Termination Date. Subject to Section 2.3, the Plan shall 
terminate and no further Options shall be granted hereunder upon the tenth
(10th) anniversary of the date on which the Plan is adopted by the Board or the
date on which the Plan is approved by the Company's shareholders, whichever
first occurs.

                                    ARTICLE 3

                                  PARTICIPANTS

         Any full-time employee (including, without limitation, officers who are
also directors) of the Company or its Subsidiaries shall be eligible to
participate in the Plan. The Committee may grant Options to any such eligible
employee as it may determine from time to time in its sole and absolute

                                       3
<PAGE>   4
discretion. No such employee shall have any right to receive Options under the
Plan.

                                    ARTICLE 4
                                 ADMINISTRATION

         4.1      Duties and Powers of Committee.  The Plan shall be
administered by the Committee. The Board may from time to time remove members
from or add members to the Committee, and shall fill any vacancy on the
Committee. The Committee shall select one of its members as its Chairman, should
the Board fail to select a Chairman for it, and shall hold its meetings at such
times and places as it may determine. The Committee shall keep minutes of its
meetings and shall make such rules and regulations for the conduct of its
business as it may deem necessary. Subject to the express provisions of the
Plan, the Committee shall have the discretion and authority to determine to whom
from among the eligible "key employees" an Option will be granted, the time or
times at which each Option may be exercised, the number of shares of Stock
subject to each option and the terms and conditions of each Stock Option
Agreement; provided, however, that shares subject to any such agreement shall
vest at a minimum of twenty-five percent (25%) per year over a four (4) year
period. Subject to the express provisions of the Plan, the Committee shall also
have complete authority to interpret the Plan, to prescribe, amend and rescind
rules and regulations relating to it, to determine the details and provisions of
each Stock Option Agreement, and to make all other determinations necessary or
advisable in the administration of the Plan, including without limitation the
amending or altering of the Plan and any Options granted hereunder as may be
required to comply with or to conform to any federal, state or local laws or
regulations. No member of the Board or the Committee shall be liable to any
person for any action, determination or omission made with respect to the Plan
or any Option granted hereunder. The determinations of the Committee on the
matters referred to in this Section shall be conclusive.

         4.2      Majority Rule. A majority of the members of the Committee
shall constitute a quorum, and any action taken by a majority at a meeting at
which a quorum is present or any action taken without a meeting evidenced by a
writing executed by all the members of the Committee shall constitute the action
of the Committee.

         4.3      Company Assistance. The Company shall supply full and timely
information to the Committee on all matters relating to

                                       4
<PAGE>   5
eligible persons, their employment, years of service to the Company, death,
retirement, disability or other termination of employment, and such other
pertinent facts as the Committee may require. The Company shall furnish the
Committee with such clerical and other assistance as is necessary in the
performance of its duties.

                                    ARTICLE 5

                         SHARES OF STOCK SUBJECT TO PLAN

         5.1      Limitations. Subject to adjustments pursuant to the provisions
of Section 5.2 hereof, the maximum number of shares of Stock which may be
issued and sold hereunder shall not exceed [4.24575 shares]. Shares subject to
an option may be either authorized but unissued shares or sharers issued and
reacquired by the Company; provided, however, that shares of Stock with respect
to which an Option has been exercised shall not again be available for issuance
hereunder. If outstanding Options granted hereunder shall terminate or expire
for any reason without being wholly exercised, the shares of Stock allocable to
any unexercised portion of such Option will again be available for issuance
pursuant to an Option granted under the Plan.
        
         5.2      Adjustment upon Changes in Capitalization.

                  (a) In the event that the outstanding shares of Stock are 
changed by reason of reorganization, merger, consolidation, recapitalization,
reclassification, stock split, combination or exchange of shares and the like,
or dividends payable in Stock, an appropriate adjustment shall be made by the
Committee in the aggregate number of shares of Stock available under the Plan
and in the number of shares and price per share subject to outstanding Options.
If (i) the Company shall be reorganized, or (ii) substantially all or all of the
assets of the Company shall be sold or exchanged, an optionee shall be entitled
to receive, upon the exercise of his Option, the same number and kind of shares
of Stock or the same amount of property, cash or securities as he would have
been entitled to receive upon the occurrence of any such corporate event as if
he had been, immediately prior to such event, the holder of the number of shares
of Stock covered by his Option.

                  (b) Any adjustment under this Section 5.2 in the number of 
shares subject to Options shall be determined solely by the Committee and shall
apply proportionately to only the unexercised portion of any Option granted
hereunder. If fractions of a share would result from any such adjustment, the

                                       5
<PAGE>   6
adjustment shall be revised to the next lower whole number of shares.

                                    ARTICLE 6
                                     OPTIONS

         6.1      Option Grant and Agreement. Each Option granted hereunder 
shall be evidenced by minutes of a meeting or the written consent of the
Committee and by a written Stock Option Agreement, dated as of the date of grant
and executed by the Company and the Optionee, which shall clearly identify
whether the Options granted are Incentive Stock Options and/or Non-ISOs. As to
each grant hereunder, the terms of the Option, including the Option's duration,
time or times of exercise, and exercise price shall be stated in the Stock
Option Agreement. The terms and conditions of the option shall be consistent
with the Plan.

         6.2      Optionee Limitations Regarding Incentive Stock Options.

                  (a) The Committee shall not grant an Incentive Stock Option 
hereunder to any person who, at the time the Incentive Stock Option would be
granted, owns or is considered to own stock possessing more than ten percent
(10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company,
its Parent or any of its Subsidiaries; provided, however, that this limitation
shall not apply if at the time an Incentive Stock Option would be granted, the
Option price is at least one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value
of the Stock subject to the Incentive Stock Option and such Option by its terms
would not be exercisable after five (5) years from the date on which the Option
is granted. For purposes of the immediately preceding sentence, a person shall
be considered to own (i) the stock owned, directly or indirectly, by or for his
brothers and sisters (whether by the whole or half blood), spouse, ancestors and
lineal descendants; and (ii) the stock owned, directly or indirectly, by or for
a corporation, partnership, estate or trust in proportion to such person's stock
interest, partnership interest or beneficial interest therein; and (iii) the
stock which the person has the right to purchase under any outstanding options
of the Company.

                  (b) If the aggregate Fair Market Value of the Stock with 
respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by
any Optionee during a calendar year (under all plans of the Company and its
Parents and Subsidiaries) exceeds $100,000, such Incentive Stock Options shall
be treated, to the extent of such excess, as Non-ISOs. For purposes of the

                                       6
<PAGE>   7
preceding sentence, the Fair Market Value of the Stock shall be determined at
the time the Incentive Stock Options covering such shares were granted.

          6.3     Option Price. The per share option price of the Stock subject
to each Option shall be determined by the Committee, provided that such price
shall not be less than the Fair Market Value of the Stock on the date the option
is granted.

         6.4      Exercise Period.  The period for the exercise of each option
shall be determined by the Committee, but in no instance shall such period
exceed ten (10) years from the date of grant of the Option.

         6.5      Option Exercise. (a) Unless otherwise provided in the Stock 
Option Agreement, an Option shall be exercisable in whole or in part at any time
prior to expiration of the Option, provided that, unless otherwise determined by
the Committee, no option maybe exercised for less than the lesser of (i)
0.00166667 shares, or (ii) the number of shares which remain subject to the
Option. The Committee shall have the authority in its sole discretion to
prescribe in any Stock Option Agreement that the Option may be exercised in
installments during the term of the Option, and to determine, from time to time,
the documents required in connection with such exercise.

                  (b) An Option may be exercised at any time or from time to
time during the term of the Option as to any or all full shares of Stock which
have become purchasable under the provisions of the Option. The Option price is
to be paid in full in cash upon the exercise of the Option and the Company shall
not be required to deliver certificates for such shares until such payment has
been made; provided, however, that in lieu of cash, an Optionee may, to the
extent permitted by the Stock Option Agreement at the date of grant, exercise
his Option in whole or in part, by tendering to the Company shares of Stock
owned by him and having a Fair Market Value as of the date of exercise equal to
the Option price applicable to his Option, or a combination of cash and shares.
The holder of an Option shall not have any of the rights of a stockholder with
respect to the shares of Stock subject to the Option until such shares have been
issued to him upon the exercise of his Option.

                  At the discretion of the Committee, payment for any shares of
Stock subject to Options may also be made by delivering a properly executed
exercise notice to the Company, together with a copy of irrevocable instructions
to a broker to deliver promptly to the Company an amount of sale or loan
proceeds sufficient to pay the Option price. To facilitate the foregoing,

                                       7
<PAGE>   8
the Company may enter into agreements for coordinated procedures with one or 
more brokerage firms.

                  (c) An Option shall be exercised by written notice of intent
to exercise the Option with respect to a specified number of shares of Stock
delivered to the Company at its principal office, together with payment in full
to the Company in accordance with Section 6.5(b) of the amount of the Option
price for the number of shares of Stock with respect to which the Option is then
being exercised. In addition to and at the time of payment of the Option price,
or at the time of any "disqualifying disposition" (as described in Section
421(b) of the Code), the Optionee shall pay to the Company in cash the full
amount of any federal and state withholding or other employment taxes required
by any government to be withheld, or otherwise deducted and paid, by the Company
in respect of such exercise or disposition. In lieu thereof, the Company shall
have the right to withhold the amount of such taxes from any other sums due or
to become due from the Company to the Optionee, upon such terms and conditions
as the Committee shall prescribe.

         6.6      Nontransferability of Option. (a) Except as provided in 
Section 6.6(b), (i) no Option shall be transferable by an Optionee otherwise
than by will or the laws of descent and distribution and (ii) during the
lifetime of an Optionee, his Option shall be exercisable only by him.

                  (b) The Committee, in its sole and absolute discretion, may
provide in any Option Agreement or amendment thereto, that the Optionee may
transfer Non-ISOs to his children, grandchildren or spouse, or to one or more
trusts for the benefit of such family members or partnerships in which such
family members are the only partners, provided that (i) the Optionee does not
receive any consideration for such transfer, and (ii) the transferee of such
Non-ISOs remains subject to all the terms and conditions that were applicable to
such Non-ISOs immediately prior to such transfer.

         6.7      Termination of Employment of Optionee. Except as provided in
Section 6.8 hereof, in the event of the termination of the employment of an
Optionee, any Option held by him, to the extent exercisable on the date of
termination shall remain exercisable for a period of three (3) months following
the date of termination unless the Committee, in its sole and absolute
discretion, provides in the Stock Option Agreement that the Option shall be
exercisable for a longer period after such termination, and, provided further,
that in no event shall any Stock Option Agreement provide for the extension of
the period during which the Option may be exercised beyond the Option term.

                                       8
<PAGE>   9
         6.8      Death, Disability or Retirement of Optionee. In the event any
Optionee dies while he is employed by the Company, becomes a Disabled Employee
or retires with the approval of the Company, any Option held by him, to the
extent exercisable on the date of termination, shall remain exercisable by him
or his legatee or legatees under the Optionee's will, or by his personal
representative or distributees, (i) in the event of retirement, for a period of
three (3) years following the date of retirement, and (ii) in the event of
disability or death for a period of two (2) years following the date of
disability or death, but in no event beyond the Option term.

         If an Option granted hereunder shall be exercised by the legal
representative of a deceased employee or former employee or by a person who
acquired an Option granted hereunder by bequest or inheritance or by reason of
the death of any employee or former employee, written notice of such
exercise shall be accompanied by a certified copy of letters testamentary or
equivalent proof of the right of such legal representative or other person to
exercise such Option.

         6.9      Vesting. The Committee shall have the right to accelerate, in
whole or in part, from time to time, conditionally or unconditionally, the
vesting and/or right to exercise any Option granted under the Plan if it
determines that (1) such acceleration would be appropriate in order to preserve
the rights and intended benefits of Options granted to any Optionee under the
Plan, or (2) such acceleration would be in the best interests of the Company.

                                    ARTICLE 7

                               STOCK CERTIFICATES

         The Company shall not be required to issue or deliver any certificate
for shares of Stock purchased upon the exercise of any Option granted hereunder
or any portion thereof, prior to fulfillment of all of the following conditions:

         (a) The admission of such shares to listing on all stock exchanges on
which the Stock is then listed;

         (b) The completion of any registration or other qualification of such
shares under any federal or state law or under the rulings or regulations of the
Securities and Exchange Commission or any other governmental regulatory body,
which the Committee shall in its sole discretion deem necessary or advisable;
and

                                       9
<PAGE>   10
         (c) The obtaining of any approval or other clearance from any federal
or state governmental agency which the Committee shall in its sole discretion
determine to be necessary or advisable.

                                    ARTICLE 8

                             CONDITIONS OF EXERCISE

         (a) Unless prior to the exercise of an Option the shares of Stock
issuable upon such exercise are the subject of a registration statement filed
with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to the Securities Act of
1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), and there is then in effect a
prospectus filed as part of such registration statement meeting the requirements
of Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act, the notice of exercise with respect
to such Option shall be accompanied by a representation or agreement of the
Optionee to the Company to the effect that such shares are being acquired for
investment only and not with a view to the resale or distribution thereof, or
such other documentation as may be required by the Company, unless, in the
opinion of counsel to the Company, such representation, agreement or
documentation is not necessary to comply with the Securities Act.

         (b) Anything in Section 8 (a) to the contrary notwithstanding, the
Company shall not be obligated to issue or sell any shares of Stock until they
have been listed on each securities exchange on which such shares may then be
listed and until and unless, in the opinion of counsel to the Company, the
Company may issue such shares pursuant to a qualification or an effective
registration statement, or an exemption from registration, under such state and
federal laws, rules or regulations as such counsel may deem applicable. The
Company shall use reasonable efforts to effect such listing, qualification and
registration, as the case may be.

                                    ARTICLE 9

                                     LEGENDS

         The Company may endorse such legend or legends upon any Stock Option
Agreement and upon the certificates for shares of Stock issued upon exercise of
such Option, and the Committee may issue such "stop transfer" instructions to
the Company's transfer agent in respect of such Stock Option Agreement and/or
shares, as the Committee, in its sole and absolute discretion, determines to 

                                       10
<PAGE>   11
be necessary or appropriate to (i) prevent a violation of, or to perfect an
exemption from, the registration requirements of the Securities Act, (ii)
implement the provisions of any agreement between the Company and the Optionee
or grantee with respect to such Stock Option Agreement and/or shares, or (iii)
permit the Company to determine the occurrence of a disqualifying disposition,
as described in Section 421(b) of the Code, of shares transferred upon exercise
of an Incentive Stock Option granted under the Plan.

                                   ARTICLE 10

                 TERMINATION, AMENDMENT AND MODIFICATION OF PLAN

         The Board may at any time, upon recommendation of the Committee and
notwithstanding Section 2.4 hereof, terminate the Plan, and may at any time and
from time to time and in any respect amend or modify the Plan; provided,
however, that the Board, without approval of the shareholders of the Company,
may not adopt any amendment to the Plan if the amendment would:

         (a)      Increase the total number of shares of Stock which may be 
issued pursuant to the Plan except as contemplated in Section 5.2 hereof;

         (b)      Materially increase the benefits accruing to participants in
the Plan; or

         (c)      Materially modify the requirements as to eligibility for
participation in the Plan.

         Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board shall not terminate, amend or
modify the Plan in any manner so as to adversely affect the rights of Optionees
with respect to Options theretofore granted under the Plan without the consent
of the Optionee or permitted transferee (if any) of the Option.

                                   ARTICLE 11

                    RELATIONSHIP TO OTHER COMPENSATION PLANS

         11.1 In General. The adoption of the Plan shall not affect any other
stock option, incentive or other compensation plans in effect for the Company or
any of its Subsidiaries, nor shall the adoption of the Plan preclude the Company
or any of its Subsidiaries from establishing any other forms of incentive or
other compensation for employees of, or independent contractors with, such
corporations.

                                       11
<PAGE>   12
                                   ARTICLE 12

                                  MISCELLANEOUS

         12.1     Plan Binding On Successors.  The Plan shall be binding upon 
the successors and assigns of the Company.

         12.2     Singular, Plural; Gender.  Whenever used herein, nouns in the
singular shall include the plural, and the masculine pronoun shall include the
feminine gender.

         12.3     Headings, etc., No Part of Plan.  Headings of articles and 
Sections hereof are inserted for convenience and reference; they constitute no
part of the Plan.

         12.4     Applicable Law.  The Plan shall be governed by, and construed
in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware.

         12.5     No Employment Rights.  Nothing in the Plan or in any Option 
shall confer on any person any right to continue in the employ of the Company or
any of its Subsidiaries, or shall interfere in any way with the right of the
Company or any of its Subsidiaries to terminate his employment at any time.

                                       12
<PAGE>   13
                                    [FORM OF]

                     [NON-QUALIFIED/INCENTIVE] STOCK OPTION
                           AND STOCKHOLDER'S AGREEMENT

         THIS AGREEMENT is dated as of the _____ day of
_________________________, 19______, by and between Synthetic Industries, Inc.
(hereinafter called the "Company") and ____________________________ (hereinafter
called the "Optionee").

                              W I T N E S S E T H:

         WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Company has authorized the grant
of Options to certain key employees, entitling such employees to purchase shares
of common stock ("Stock") of the Company allocated to them by the Compensation
and Stock Option Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company (hereinafter
called the "Committee"); and

         WHEREAS, the Company or one of its Subsidiaries now employs the 
Optionee; and

         WHEREAS, the Company desires to encourage the Optionee to continue in
employment and to induce the Optionee to make further efforts to contribute to
the growth and profitability of the Company and its Subsidiaries; and

         WHEREAS, the Company desires to provide for certain terms governing the
disposition of shares of Stock acquired pursuant to this Agreement.

         NOW, THEREFORE, as an employment incentive and as encouragement of
stock ownership in the manner contemplated by Sections 421 and 422 of the
Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), and in consideration of
the mutual covenants herein, the Company and the Optionee agree as follows:

         1. Incorporation. This Option is granted pursuant to the Synthetic
Industries, Inc. 1994 Stock Option Plan (hereinafter called the "Plan"), and the
terms and definitions of the Plan, as it may be amended from time to time, are
hereby incorporated herein by reference and made a part hereof. A copy of the
Plan is on file in the Company's offices and is available for inspection by the
Optionee during normal business hours. Terms used herein which are defined in
Sections 421, 422 and 424 of the Code shall have the meanings given them in
those Code Sections. Capitalized words which are not defined herein shall have
the meanings assigned to them in the Plan.


<PAGE>   14
         2.       Grant of Option.

         (a)      Upon and subject to the terms, restrictions, limitations, and
conditions stated herein, the Company hereby grants to the Optionee an Option to
purchase an aggregate of _____________ (_______)shares of the Stock of the 
Company. Optionee may exercise this Option at any time and from time to time
prior to the expiration of the Option in accordance with the following schedule:

                  No.  Shares                 Exercisable On or After
                  -----------                 -----------------------

                  -----------               ------------------------------

                  -----------               ------------------------------

                  -----------               ------------------------------

                  -----------               ------------------------------


         (b)      This Option shall expire and shall not be exercisable after
________________________, unless earlier terminated in accordance with this
Agreement and the Plan. Under no circumstances may the exercise period for this
Option extend beyond ten (10) years from the date of its grant.

         3.       Option Price. The per share Option price to be paid by the 
Optionee for the shares of Stock subject to this Option shall be
_______________________________________________ Dollars ($_______________) per 
[tenth] share. The Option Price is intended and agreed by the parties hereto to
be not less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per
[tenth] share of the issued and outstanding shares of Stock of the Company on 
the date of this Option. The Option price, as well as the number of shares of 
Stock subject to this Option, may be adjusted as appropriate under the 
provisions of Section 5.2 of the Plan.

         4.       Exercise of Option.

         (a)      The shares of Stock subject to this Option pursuant to the 
schedule of exercise contained in Section 2 may be purchased in whole or in part
at any time that the Option is in force with regard to such shares, subject to
the provisions of this Section 4, provided that, unless otherwise determined by
the Committee, this Option may not be exercised for less than the lesser of (i)
0.00166667 shares, or (ii) the number of shares which remain subject to the
Option. In the event that the Option is not exercised with respect to all or any
portion of the shares 

                                       2
<PAGE>   15
of Stock subject to this Option, the shares of Stock with respect to which this
Option was not exercised shall no longer be subject to this Option as of the
expiration date contained in Section 2.

         (b) Except as provided in subsection (c) of this Section 4, upon the
Optionee's termination of employment with the Company and all Subsidiaries
thereof, this Option shall, to the extent exercisable on the date of
termination, remain only for a period of three (3) months thereafter, but in no
event after ten (10) years from the date hereof, and any unexercised portion of
this Option shall terminate after such period.

         (c) In the event the Optionee dies while he is employed by the Company,
becomes a Disabled Employee, or retires with the approval of the Company, this
Option, to the extent exercisable at the time of his disability, death or
retirement, may be exercised by the Optionee or his legatee or legatees under
the Optionee's will, or by his personal representative or distributees, (i) in
the event of disability or death, only for a period of two (2) years following
the date of such disability or death, and (ii) in the event of retirement, only
for a period of three (3) years following the date of retirement, but in neither
Option's term, and any unexercised portion shall terminate after such period.

         If this Option shall be exercised by the legal representative of the 
Optionee, or by a person who acquired this Option by bequest or inheritance or 
by reason of the death of the Optionee, written notice of such exercise shall 
be accompanied by a certified copy of letters testamentary or equivalent proof 
of the right of such legal representative or other person to exercise this 
Option.

         (d) This Option may be exercised only by written notice delivered to
the Company at its principal office, stating the number of shares of Stock for
which the Option is to be exercised and accompanied by payment of the Option
price associated with such exercise in full in cash at the time of purchase;
provided, however, that in lieu of cash, the optionee may tender to the Company
shares of Stock of the Company owned by him and having a Fair Market Value as of
the date of exercise, as determined by the Committee, equal to the Option price,
or a combination of cash and shares. At the discretion of the Committee, payment
for any shares of Stock subject to this Option may also be made by delivering a
properly executed exercise notice to the Company, together with a copy of
irrevocable instructions to a broker (in a form approved by the Committee) to
deliver promptly to the Company an amount of sale or loan proceeds sufficient to
pay the Option price.

                                       3
<PAGE>   16
         5.       Non-assignability.  This Option shall not be transferable, in
whole or in part, other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution,
and shall be exercisable during the Optionee's lifetime only by the Optionee.
Any attempted voluntary or involuntary transfer in violation of this Section 5
shall be null and void.

         6.       Stock Certificates.  The Company shall not be required to 
issue or deliver any certificates for shares of Stock purchased upon the
exercise of this Option prior to the fulfillment of the conditions described in
Article 7 of the Plan.

         7.       Amendment.  This Option may not be changed or amended, without
the consent of the Optionee, in any manner which would adversely affect the
rights of the Optionee hereunder.

         8.       Conditions of Exercise.  The exercise of this Option shall be
subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and in particular the terms and
conditions of Article 8 thereof.

                  Optionee acknowledges that the Company may in the future
decide to engage in a public offering of its Stock pursuant to an agreement
between the Company and one or more underwriters. In the event of an initial
public offering of the Stock by the Company, Optionee agrees that the Optionee
will not, without the prior written consent of the Company, sell the Stock
covered by this Option at any time during the one hundred eighty (180) day
period commencing on the effective date of a registration statement registering
shares of the Stock under the Securities Act in connection with an initial
public offering, or within ninety (90) days of the effective date of a
registration statement in connection with any other public offering.

         9.       Legends. The Company may endorse such legend or legends upon 
this Stock Option Agreement and upon the certificates for shares of Stock issued
upon exercise of this Option, and the Committee may issue such "stop transfer"
instructions to the Company's transfer agent in respect of such Stock Option
Agreement and/or shares, as appropriate to (i) prevent a violation of, or to
perfect an exemption from, the registration requirements of the Securities Act
or (ii) implement the provisions of any agreement between the Company and the
Optionee or grantee with respect to such Stock Option Agreement and/or shares or
(iii) permit the Company to determine the occurrence of a disqualifying
disposition, as described in Section 421(b) of the Code, of shares transferred
upon exercise of an Incentive Stock Option granted under the Plan.

                                       4
<PAGE>   17
         10.      Sales or Transfers.

         (a) In the event the optionee proposes to sell, transfer or otherwise
dispose of (a "Transfer"), whether voluntarily or involuntarily, any of the
Stock he has purchased hereunder to any person other than the Company, including
any Transfer in connection with separation of the property of the Optionee and
his/her spouse, the optionee shall deliver a Transfer Notice in the form
specified in Section 10(b) hereof, to the Company thirty (30) days prior to the
date of the proposed Transfer. At any time prior to the proposed Transfer, the
Company may elect to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Stock subject
to the Transfer Notice by delivery to the Optionee of a written notice of such
election stating the number of shares it desires to purchase. Such purchase by
the Company shall take place ten (10) days after delivery of such notice to the
Optionee and shall be at a price per share as determined by Section 10(d) and,
at the option of the Company, in cash or on the terms specified in the Transfer
Notice. However, if the Company shall not elect to purchase all of the Stock
subject to the Transfer Notice within thirty (30) days after receipt of such
Transfer Notice, then the Optionee shall have the right to Transfer such shares
on the terms and in the manner set forth in the Transfer Notice. Such Transfer
must occur within ninety (90) days after the date of the Transfer Notice, or all
shares subject to the Transfer Notice shall again be subject to the provisions
of this Section 10(a).

         (b) The Transfer Notice required under Section 10(a) hereof shall be a
written notice describing in detail the proposed Transfer, including the number
of shares proposed to be Transferred, the price and terms at which such shares
are proposed to be Transferred, and the name and address of the proposed
transferee.

         (c) The Company shall not be required (i) to Transfer on its books any
shares of Stock that shall have been sold or otherwise Transferred in violation
of any of the provisions set forth in this Agreement or (ii) to treat as owner
of such shares or to accord the right to vote as such owner or to pay dividends
to any Transferee to whom such shares shall have been so Transferred.

         (d) The price per share to be paid by the Company for the Optionee's
Stock purchased pursuant to Section 10(a) shall be equal to the Fair Market
Value per share of the Stock.

         11. Right to Repurchase. In the event the Optionee's employment is
terminated for any reason whatsoever, whether 

                                       5
<PAGE>   18
voluntarily or involuntarily or by reason of death, disability or retirement,
the Company shall have the option, exercisable by written notice delivered to
the Optionee within one hundred twenty (120) days following the date of
termination, to repurchase all or any portion of the Stock acquired by optionee
hereunder. The price per share to be paid by the Company for the Optionee's
Stock repurchased pursuant to this Section 11 shall be equal to the Fair Market
Value per share of the Stock. The purchase price shall be payment in cash within
thirty (30) days following the date of the notice by the Company of its
intention to exercise its rights under this Section 11.

         12.      Termination of Repurchase Rights. The provisions of Sections
10 and 11 of this Agreement shall remain in effect until (i) the effectiveness
of a registration statement filed by the Company with the Securities and
Exchange Commission for a public offering of equity securities which results in
gross proceeds to the Company of at least Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000) and
at least five hundred (500) shareholders or (ii) a determination by the Company,
in its sole and absolute discretion, that a satisfactory public trading market
exists for the Stock (each a "Termination Date"). Until the Termination Date,
upon any exercise of this option, the Secretary of the Company shall hold any
certificate representing shares purchased hereunder in escrow and, in the event
of the exercise of the repurchase option by the Company pursuant to Section 11
hereof, shall cause such shares to be Transferred to the Company, on the date
upon which the cash payment therefor is mailed to optionee.

         13.      Construction.  This Option is granted with the intent that it
[not] qualify as an Incentive Stock Option under Section 422 of the Code. This
Agreement shall be construed liberally to accomplish this intent.

         14.      Applicable Law.  This Agreement shall be governed by, and
construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware.

         15.      Entire Agreement.  This Agreement and the Plan state the 
entire agreement reached between the parties hereto with respect to the subject
matter contemplated hereby.

                                       6
<PAGE>   19
         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Agreement to be
executed by its proper officers and the Optionee has executed this Agreement, in
each case in duplicate, all as of the date and year first above written.

                                                     "Company"

                                                     SYNTHETIC INDUSTRIES, INC.


                                                     By:
                                                        -----------------------
                                                            Its:
                                                                ---------------

                                                     "Optionee"

                                                     --------------------------

                                                     --------------------------
                                                      (Name typed or printed)

                                       7

<PAGE>   1
                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.27

                           SYNTHETIC INDUSTRIES, INC.
                             1996 STOCK OPTION PLAN

                                    ARTICLE 1

                                   DEFINITIONS

                  As used herein, the following terms have the meanings
hereinafter set forth unless the context clearly indicates to the contrary:

                  1.1      "Board" shall means the Board of Directors of the 
Company.

                  1.2      "Code" shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, 
as amended.

                  1.3      "Committee" shall mean a committee designated by the
Board, which shall consist of at least two (2) members of the Board. At any time
when transactions under the Plan are subject to Section 16 of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"), each such director must
be a "disinterested person" within the meaning of Rule 16b-3 (or any successor
rule or regulation) promulgated under the Exchange Act.

                  1.4      "Company" shall mean Synthetic Industries, Inc., a
Delaware corporation, and any successor to such corporation.

                  1.5      "Disabled Employee" shall mean an employee of the 
Company or any of its Subsidiaries who is determined by (i) a licensed physician
acceptable to the Committee (which determination shall be evidenced by a
certificate addressed and delivered to the Company), and (ii) the Committee, in
its sole and absolute discretion, to be completely unable to engage in his
regular occupation.

                  1.6      "Fair Market Value" of a share of Stock shall mean,
as of any date, the fair market value of the Stock as determined by the
Committee in accordance with this Section 1.6.

                  For purposes of the Plan, as of any date when the Stock is
quoted on the National Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotation
System, National Market System ("NASDAQ-NMS") or listed on one or more national
securities exchanges, the "Fair Market Value" of the Stock as of such date shall
be deemed to be the mean between the highest and lowest sale prices of the Stock
reported on the NASDAQ-NMS or the principal national securities exchange on
which the Stock is listed and traded on the immediately preceding date, or, if
there is no such sale on that date, then on the last preceding date on which
such a sale was reported. If the Stock is not quoted on the NASDAQ-NMS or listed
on an exchange, or representative quotes are not otherwise
<PAGE>   2
available, the "Fair Market Value" of the Stock shall mean the amount determined
by the Committee to be the fair market value based upon their good faith
valuation.

                  1.7 "Incentive Stock Option" shall mean an option to purchase
Stock which complies with and is subject to the terms, limitations and 
conditions of Section 422 of the Code and any regulations promulgated with 
respect thereto.

                  1.8 "Non-Employee Director" shall mean a member of the Board
who is not an employee of the Company or any Subsidiary.

                  1.9 "Non-ISO" shall mean an option to purchase Stock which
fails, or is not intended, to satisfy the requirements of Section 422 of the
Code.

                  1.10 "Option" shall mean an Incentive Stock Option or a
NonISO granted pursuant to the provisions of Article 6 hereof.

                  1.11 "Optionee shall mean a person to whom an Option has been
granted hereunder.

                  1.12 "Parent" shall mean any corporation coming within the
definition of the term "parent corporation" contained in Section 424(e) of the
Code.

                  1.13 "Plan" shall mean the Synthetic Industries, Inc. 1996 
Stock Option Plan, the terms of which are set forth herein, as amended from time
to time.

                  1.14 "Predecessor" shall mean any corporation coming within
the definition of the term "predecessor corporation" contained in Treasury
Regulations promulgated under Section 422 of the Code.

                  1.15 "Stock" shall mean the common stock of the Company, par
value $1.00 per share, or in the event that the outstanding shares of Stock are
hereafter changed into or exchanged for shares of a different stock or
securities of the Company or some other corporation, such other stock or
securities.

                  1.16 "Stock Option Agreement" shall mean an agreement between
the Company and an Optionee under which the Optionee may purchase Stock
hereunder.

                  1.17 "Subsidiary" shall mean any corporation coming within the
definition of the term "subsidiary corporation" contained in Section 424(f) of
the Code.

                                    ARTICLE 2

                                    THE PLAN

                  2.1  Name.  This Plan shall be known as the "Synthetic 
<PAGE>   3
Industries, Inc. 1996 Stock Option Plan."

                  2.2 Purpose. The purpose of the Plan is to advance the
interests of the Company, its Subsidiaries and its shareholders by affording
certain key employees of the Company and its Subsidiaries an opportunity to
acquire or increase their proprietary interests in the Company by granting to
such persons options to purchase Stock in the Company, so that optionees will be
provided with an additional incentive to achieve the Company's objectives
through participation in its success and growth and to encourage their continued
employment with the Company or its Subsidiaries.

                  2.3 Effective Date. The Plan shall become effective upon its
adoption by the Board; provided, however, that if the Plan is not approved by
the holders of a majority of the shares of capital stock of the Company entitled
to vote thereon within twelve (12) months before or after the date on which the
Plan is adopted by the Board, the Plan and any Options granted thereunder shall
terminate and become null and void. The effective date is May 14, 1996.

                  2.4 Termination Date. Subject to Section 2.3, the Plan shall
terminate and no further Options shall be granted hereunder upon the tenth
(10th) anniversary of the date on which the Plan is adopted by the Board or the
date on which the Plan is approved by the Company's shareholders, whichever
first occurs.

                                    ARTICLE 3

                                  PARTICIPANTS

                  Any full-time employee (including, without limitation,
officers who are also directors) of the Company or its Subsidiaries shall be
eligible to participate in the Plan. The Committee may grant Options to any such
eligible employee as it may determine from time to time in its sole and absolute
discretion. No such employee shall have any right to receive Options under the
Plan.

                                    ARTICLE 4

                                 ADMINISTRATION

                  4.1. Duties and Powers of Committee. The Plan shall be
administered by the Committee. The Board may from time to time remove members 
from or add members to the Committee, and shall fill any vacancy on the
Committee. The Committee shall select one of its members as its Chairman,
should the Board fail to select a Chairman for it, and shall hold its meetings
at such times and places as it may determine. The Committee shall keep minutes
of its meetings and shall make such rules and regulations for the conduct of
its business as it may deem necessary. Subject to the express provisions of the
Plan, the Committee 
        
<PAGE>   4
shall have the discretion and authority to determine to whom from among the
eligible "key employees" an Option will be granted, the time or times at which
each Option may be exercised, the number of shares of Stock subject to each
option and the terms and conditions of each Stock Option Agreement; provided,
however, that shares subject to any such agreement shall vest at a minimum of
twenty-five percent (2596) per year over a four (4) year period. Subject to the
express provisions of the Plan, the Committee shall also have complete authority
to interpret the Plan, to prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations
relating to it, to determine the details and provisions of each Stock Option
Agreement, and to make all other determinations necessary or advisable in the
administration of the Plan, including without limitation the amending or
altering of the Plan and any Options granted hereunder as may be required to
comply with or to conform to any federal, state or local laws or regulations. No
member of the Board or the Committee shall be liable to any person for any
action, determination or omission made with respect to the Plan or any Option
granted hereunder. The determinations of the Committee on the matters referred
to in this Section shall be conclusive.

                  4.2 Majority Rule. A majority of the members of the Committee
shall constitute a quorum, and any action taken by a majority at a meeting at
which a quorum is present or any action taken without a meeting evidenced by a
writing executed by all the members of the Committee shall constitute the action
of the Committee.

                  4.3 Company Assistance. The Company shall supply full and
timely information to the Committee on all matters relating to eligible persons,
their employment, years of service to the Company, death, retirement, disability
or other termination of employment, and such other pertinent facts as the
Committee may require. The Company shall furnish the Committee with such
clerical and other assistance as is necessary in the performance of its duties.

                                    ARTICLE 5

                         SHARES OF STOCK SUBJECT TO PLAN

                  5.1 Limitations. Subject to adjustments pursuant to the
provisions of Section 5.2 hereof, the maximum number of shares of Stock which
may be issued and sold hereunder shall not exceed 0.4995 shares. Shares
subject to an option may be either authorized but unissued shares or shares
issued and reacquired by the Company; provided, however, that shares of Stock
with respect to which an Option has been exercised shall not again be available
for issuance hereunder. If outstanding Options granted hereunder shall terminate
or expire for any reason without being wholly exercised, the shares of Stock
allocable to any unexercised portion of such Option will again be available for
<PAGE>   5
issuance pursuant to an Option granted under the Plan.

                  5.2 Adjustment upon Changes in Capitalization.
                  (a) In the event that the outstanding shares of Stock are
changed by reason of reorganization, merger, consolidation, recapitalization,
reclassification, stock split, combination or exchange of shares and the like,
or dividends payable in Stock, an appropriate adjustment shall be made by the
Committee in the aggregate number of shares of Stock available under the Plan
and in the number of shares and price per share subject to outstanding Options.
If (i) the Company shall be reorganized, or (ii) substantially all or all of the
assets of the Company shall be sold or exchanged, an Optionee shall be entitled
to receive, upon the exercise of his Option, the same number and kind of shares
of Stock or the same amount of property, cash or securities as he would have
been entitled to receive upon the occurrence of any such corporate event as if
he had been, immediately prior to such event, the holder of the number of shares
of Stock covered by his Option.

                  (b) Any adjustment under this Section 5.2 in the number of
shares subject to Options shall be determined solely by the Committee and shall
apply proportionately to only the unexercised portion of any Option granted
hereunder. if fractions of a share would result from any such adjustment, the
adjustment shall be revised to the next lower whole number of shares.

                                    ARTICLE 6

                                     OPTIONS

                  6.1 Option Grant and Agreement. Each Option granted hereunder
shall be evidenced by minutes of a meeting or the written consent of the
Committee and by a written Stock Option Agreement, dated as of the date of grant
and executed by the Company and the Optionee, which shall clearly identify
whether the Options granted are Incentive Stock Options and/or Non-ISOs. As to
each grant hereunder, the terms of the Option, including the Option's duration,
time or times of exercise, and exercise price shall be stated in the Stock
Option Agreement. The terms and conditions of the Option shall be consistent
with the Plan.

                  6.2 Optionee Limitations Regarding Incentive Stock Options.

                  (a) The Committee shall not grant an Incentive Stock Option
hereunder to any person who, at the time the Incentive Stock Option would be
granted, owns or is considered to own stock possessing more than ten percent
(10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company,
its Parent or any of its Subsidiaries; provided, however, that this limitation
shall not apply if at the time an Incentive Stock Option would be granted, the
Option price is at least one hundred ten percent (110k) of the Fair Market Value
of the Stock subject to the Incentive Stock Option and such Option by its terms
would 
<PAGE>   6
not be exercisable after five (5) years from the date on which the Option is
granted. For purposes of the immediately preceding sentence, a person shall be
considered to own (i) the stock owned, directly or indirectly, by or for his
brothers and sisters (whether by the whole or half blood), spouse, ancestors and
lineal descendants; and (ii) the stock owned, directly or indirectly, by or for
a corporation, partnership, estate or trust in proportion to such person's stock
interest, partnership interest or beneficial interest therein; and (iii) the
stock which the person has the right to purchase under any outstanding options
of the Company.

                  (b) If the aggregate Fair Market Value of the Stock with
respect to which Incentive Stock options are exercisable for the first time by
any Optionee during a calendar year (under all plans of the Company and its
Parents and Subsidiaries) exceeds $100,000, such Incentive Stock Options shall
be treated, to the extent of such excess, as Non-ISOs. For purposes of the
preceding sentence, the Fair Market Value of the Stock shall be determined at
the time the Incentive Stock Options covering such shares were granted.



                  6.3 Option Price. The per share Option price of the Stock
subject to each Option shall be determined by the Committee, provided that such
price shall not be less than the Fair Market Value of the Stock on the date the
option is granted.

                  6.4 Exercise Period.  The period for the exercise of each 
option shall be determined by the Committee, but in no instance shall such
period exceed ten (10) years from the date of grant of the Option.

                  6.5 Option Exercise. (a) Unless otherwise provided in the
Stock Option Agreement, an Option shall be exercisable in whole or in part at
any time prior to expiration of the Option, provided that, unless otherwise
determined by the Committee, no Option maybe exercised for less than the lesser
of (i) 0.00166667 shares, or (ii) the number of shares which remain subject to
the Option. The Committee shall have the authority in its sole discretion to
prescribe in any Stock Option Agreement that the Option may be exercised in
installments during the term of the Option, and to determine, from time to time,
the documents required in connection with such exercise.

                  (b) An Option may be exercised at any time or from time to
time during the term of the Option as to any or all full shares of Stock which
have become purchasable under the provisions of the Option. The Option price is
to be paid in full in cash upon the exercise of the Option and the Company shall
not be required to deliver certificates for such shares until such payment has
been made; provided, however, that in lieu of cash, an Optionee may, to the
extent permitted by the Stock Option Agreement at the date of grant, exercise
his Option in whole or in part, by tendering to the Company shares of Stock
owned by him 
<PAGE>   7
and having a Fair Market Value as of the date of exercise equal to the Option
price applicable to his Option, or a combination of cash and shares. The holder
of an option shall not have any of the rights of a stockholder with respect to
the shares of Stock subject to the Option until such shares have been issued to
him upon the exercise of his Option.

                  At the discretion of the Committee, payment for any shares of
Stock subject to Options may also be made by delivering a properly executed
exercise notice to the Company, together with a copy of irrevocable instructions
to a broker to deliver promptly to the Company an amount of sale or loan
proceeds sufficient to pay the option price. To facilitate the foregoing, the
Company may enter into agreements for coordinated procedures with one or more
brokerage firms.

                  (c) An Option shall be exercised by written notice of intent
to exercise the Option with respect to a specified number of shares of Stock
delivered to the Company at its principal office, together with payment in full
to the Company in accordance with Section 6.5(b) of the amount of the Option
price for the number of shares of Stock with respect to which the Option is then
being exercised. In addition to and at the time of payment of the Option price,
or at the time of any "disqualifying disposition" (as described in Section
421(b) of the Code), the Optionee shall pay to the Company in cash the full
amount of any federal and state withholding or other employment taxes required
by any government to be withheld, or otherwise deducted and paid, by the Company
in respect of such exercise or disposition. In lieu thereof, the Company shall
have the right to withhold the amount of such taxes from any other sums due or
to become due from the Company to the Optionee, upon such terms and conditions
as the Committee shall prescribe.

                  6.6 Nontransferability of Option. (a) Except as provided in
Section 6.6(b), (i) no option shall be transferable by an optionee otherwise
than by will or the laws of descent and distribution and (ii) during the
lifetime of an Optionee, his Option shall be exercisable only by him.

                  (b) The Committee, in its sole and absolute discretion, may
provide in any Option Agreement or amendment thereto, that the Optionee may
transfer Non-ISOs to his children, grandchildren or spouse, or to one or more
trusts for the benefit of such family members or partnerships in which such
family members are the only partners, provided that (i) the Optionee does not
receive any consideration for such transfer, and (ii) the transferee of such
Non-ISOs remains subject to all the terms and conditions that were applicable to
such Non-ISOs immediately prior to such transfer.

                  6.7 Termination of Employment of Optionee. Except as provided
in Section 6.8 hereof, in the event of the termination of the employment of an
Optionee, any Option held by him, to the 
<PAGE>   8
extent exercisable on the date of termination shall remain exercisable for a
period of three (3) months following the date of termination unless the
Committee, in its sole and absolute discretion, provides in the Stock Option
Agreement that the option shall be exercisable for a longer period after such
termination, and, provided further, that in no event shall any Stock Option
Agreement provide for the extension of the period during which the Option may be
exercised beyond the Option term.

                  6.8 Death, Disability or Retirement of Optionee. In the event
any Optionee dies while he is employed by the Company, becomes a Disabled
Employee or retires with the approval of the Company, any Option held by him, to
the extent exercisable on the date of termination, shall remain exercisable by
him or his legatee or legatees under the optionee's will, or by his personal
representative or distributees, (i) in the event of retirement for a period of
three (3) years following the date of retirement, and (ii) in the event of
disability or death for a period of two (2) years following the date of
disability or death, but in no event beyond the Option term.

                  If an Option granted hereunder shall be exercised by the legal
representative of a deceased employee or former employee or by a person who
acquired an Option granted hereunder by bequest or inheritance or by reason of
the death of any employee or former employee, written notice of such exercise
shall be accompanied by a certified copy of letters testamentary or equivalent
proof of the right of such legal representative or other person to exercise such
option.

                  6.9 Vesting. The Committee shall have the right to accelerate,
in whole or in part, from time to time, conditionally or unconditionally, the
vesting and/or right to exercise any Option granted under the Plan if it
determines that (1) such acceleration would be appropriate in order to preserve
the rights and intended benefits of Options granted to any Optionee under the
Plan, or (2) such acceleration would be in the best interests of the Company.

                                    ARTICLE 7

                               STOCK CERTIFICATES

                  The Company shall not be required to issue or deliver any
certificate for shares of Stock purchased upon the exercise of any Option
granted hereunder or any portion thereof, prior to fulfillment of all of the
following conditions:

                  (a) The admission of such shares to listing on all stock 
exchanges on which the Stock is then listed;

                  (b) The completion of any registration or other qualification
of such shares under any federal or state law or under the rulings or
regulations of the Securities and Exchange
<PAGE>   9
Commission or any other governmental regulatory body, which the Committee shall
in its sole discretion deem necessary or advisable; and

                  (c) The obtaining of any approval or other clearance from any
federal or state governmental agency which the Committee shall in its sole
discretion determine to be necessary or advisable.

                                    ARTICLE 8

                             CONDITIONS OF EXERCISE

                  (a) Unless prior to the exercise of an Option the shares of
Stock issuable upon such exercise are the subject of a registration statement
filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to the Securities Act
of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), and there is then in effect a
prospectus filed as part of such registration statement meeting the requirements
of Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act, the notice of exercise with respect
to such Option shall be accompanied by a representation or agreement of the
Optionee to the Company to the effect that such shares are being acquired for
investment only and not with a view to the resale or distribution thereof, or
such other documentation as may be required by the Company, unless, in the
opinion of counsel to the Company, such representation, agreement or
documentation is not necessary to comply with the Securities Act.

                  (b) Anything in Section 8 (a) to the contrary notwithstanding,
the Company shall not be obligated to issue or sell any shares of Stock until
they have been listed on each securities exchange on which such shares may then
be listed and until and unless, in the opinion of counsel to the Company, the
Company may issue such shares pursuant to a qualification or an effective
registration statement, or an exemption from registration, under such state and
federal laws, rules or regulations as such counsel may deem applicable. The
Company shall use reasonable efforts to effect such listing, qualification and
registration, as the case may be.

                                    ARTICLE 9

                                     LEGENDS

                  The Company may endorse such legend or legends upon any Stock
Option Agreement and upon the certificates for shares of Stock issued upon
exercise of such Option, and the Committee may issue such "stop transfer"
instructions to the Company's transfer agent in respect of such Stock Option
Agreement and/or shares, as the Committee, in its sole and absolute discretion,
determines to be necessary or appropriate to (i) prevent a violation of, or to
perfect an exemption from, the registration requirements of the Securities Act,
(ii) implement the provisions of any agreement 
<PAGE>   10
between the Company and the Optionee or grantee with respect to such Stock
Option Agreement and/or shares, or (iii) permit the Company to determine the
occurrence of a disqualifying disposition, as described in Section 421(b) of the
Code, of shares transferred upon exercise of an Incentive Stock Option granted
under the Plan.

                                   ARTICLE 10

                   TERMINATION, AMENDMENT AND MODIFICATION OF PLAN 

                  The Board may at any time, upon recommendation of the 
Committee and notwithstanding Section 2.4 hereof, terminate the Plan, and may at
any time and from time to time and in any respect amend or modify the Plan;
provided, however, that the Board, without approval of the shareholders of the
Company, may not adopt any amendment to the Plan if the amendment would:

                  (a)      Increase the total number of shares of Stock which 
may be issued pursuant to the Plan except as contemplated in Section 5.2 hereof;

                  (b)      Materially increase the benefits accruing to 
participants in the Plan; or

                  (c)      Materially modify the requirements as to eligibility
for participation in the Plan.

                  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board shall not terminate,
amend or modify the Plan in any manner so as to adversely affect the rights of
Optionees with respect to Options theretofore granted under the Plan without the
consent of the Optionee or permitted transferee (if any) of the option.

                                   ARTICLE 11

                    RELATIONSHIP TO OTHER COMPENSATION PLANS

                  11.1     In General. The adoption of the Plan shall not affect
any other stock option, incentive or other compensation plans in effect for the
Company or any of its Subsidiaries, nor shall the adoption of the Plan preclude
the Company or any of its Subsidiaries from establishing any other forms of
incentive or other compensation for employees of, or independent contractors
with, such corporations.

                                   ARTICLE 12

                                  MISCELLANEOUS

                  12.1     Plan Binding On Successors.  The Plan shall be 
binding upon the successors and assigns of the Company.

                  12.2     Singular, Plural; Gender.  Whenever used herein, 
<PAGE>   11
nouns in the singular shall include the plural, and the masculine pronoun shall
include the feminine gender.

                  12.3     Headings, Etc., No Part of Plan.  Headings of 
articles and Sections hereof are inserted for convenience and reference; they
constitute no part of the Plan.

                  12.4     Applicable Law.  The Plan shall be governed by, and 
construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware.

                  12.5     No Employment Rights.  Nothing in the Plan or in any
Option shall confer on any person any right to continue in the employ of the
Company or any of its Subsidiaries, or shall interfere in any way with the right
of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to terminate his employment at any
time.
<PAGE>   12
                                    [FORM OF]

                     [NON-QUALIFIED/INCENTIVE] STOCK OPTION
                           AND STOCKHOLDER'S AGREEMENT

                  THIS AGREEMENT is dated as of the _________day of _________, 
19_________, by and between Synthetic Industries, Inc. (hereinafter called the
"Company") and _____ (hereinafter called the "Optionee").

                              W I T N E S S E T H:

                  WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Company has authorized
the grant of Options to certain key employees, entitling such employees to
purchase shares of common stock ("Stock") of the Company allocated to them by
the Compensation and Stock Option Committee of the Board of Directors of the
Company (hereinafter called the "Committee"); and

                  WHEREAS, the Company or one of its Subsidiaries now employs 
the Optionee; and

                  WHEREAS, the Company desires to encourage the Optionee to
continue in employment and to induce the Optionee to make further efforts to
contribute to the growth and profitability of the Company and its Subsidiaries;
and

                  WHEREAS, the Company desires to provide for certain terms
governing the disposition of shares of Stock acquired pursuant to this
Agreement.

                  NOW, THEREFORE, as an employment incentive and as
encouragement of stock ownership in the manner contemplated by Sections 421 and
422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), and in
consideration of the mutual covenants herein, the Company and the Optionee agree
as follows:

                  1. Incorporation. This Option is granted pursuant to the
Synthetic Industries, Inc. 1996 Stock Option Plan (hereinafter called the
"Plan"), and the terms and definitions of the Plan, as it may be amended from
time to time, are hereby incorporated herein by reference and made a part
hereof. A copy of the Plan is on file in the Company's offices and is available
for inspection by the Optionee during normal business hours. Terms used herein
which are defined in Sections 421, 422 and 424 of the Code shall have the
meanings given them in those Code Sections. Capitalized words which are not
defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Plan.
<PAGE>   13
                  2.       Grant of Option.

                           (a) Upon and subject to the terms, restrictions, 
limitations, and conditions stated herein, the Company hereby grants to the
Optionee an Option to purchase an aggregate of_________________________________
(_______) shares of the Stock of the Company. Optionee may exercise this Option
at any time and from time to time prior to the expiration of the Option in
accordance with the following schedule:

                       No. Shares              Exercisable On or After
                       ----------              -----------------------

                       ----------              -----------------------

                       ----------              -----------------------

                       ----------              -----------------------

                       ----------              -----------------------

                           (b) This Option shall expire and shall not be 
exercisable after ____, unless earlier terminated in accordance with this 
Agreement and the Plan. Under no circumstances may the exercise period for 
this Option extend beyond ten (10) years from the date of its grant.

                  3.       Option Price.  The per share Option price to be paid
by the Optionee for the shares of Stock subject to this Option shall 
be ___________________Dollars ($_________) per [tenth] share. The Option Price
is intended and agreed by the parties hereto to be not less than one hundred
percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per share of the issued and
outstanding shares of Stock of the Company on the date of this Option. The
Option price, as well as the number of shares of Stock subject to this Option,
may be adjusted as appropriate under the provisions of Section 5.2 of the Plan.

                  4.       Exercise of Option.

                           (a) The shares of Stock subject to this Option 
pursuant to the schedule of exercise contained in Section 2 may be purchased in
whole or in part at any time that the Option is in force with regard to such
shares, subject to the provisions of this Section 4, provided that, unless
otherwise determined by the Committee, this Option may not be exercised for less
than the lesser of (i) 0.00166667 shares, or (ii) the number of shares which
remain subject to the Option. In the event that the Option is not exercised with
respect to all or any portion of the shares of Stock subject to this Option, the
shares of Stock with respect to which this Option was not exercised shall no
longer be subject to this Option as of the expiration date contained in Section
2.


                                       2
<PAGE>   14
                           (b) Except as provided in subsection (c) of this 
Section 4, upon the Optionee's termination of employment with the Company and
all Subsidiaries thereof, this Option shall, to the extent exercisable on the
date of termination, remain only for a period of three (3) months thereafter,
but in no event after ten (10) years from the date hereof, and any unexercised
portion of this Option shall terminate after such period.

                           (c) In the event the Optionee dies while he is 
employed by the Company, becomes a Disabled Employee, or retires with the
approval of the Company, this Option, to the extent exercisable at the time of
his disability, death or retirement, may be exercised by the Optionee or his
legatee or legatees under the Optionee's will, or by his personal representative
or distributees, (i) in the event of disability or death, only for a period of
two (2) years following the date of such disability or death, and (ii) in the
event of retirement, only for a period of three (3) years following the date of
retirement, but in neither event beyond this Option's term, and any unexercised
portion of this Option shall terminate after such period.

                               If this Option shall be exercised by the legal 
representative of the Optionee, or by a person who acquired this Option by
bequest or inheritance or by reason of the death of the Optionee, written 
notice of such exercise shall be accompanied by a certified copy of letters
testamentary or equivalent proof of the right of such legal representative or
other person to exercise this Option.

                           (d) This Option may be exercised only by written 
notice delivered to the Company at its principal office, stating the number of
shares of Stock for which the Option is to be exercised and accompanied by
payment of the Option price associated with such exercise in full in cash at the
time of purchase; provided, however, that in lieu of cash, the Optionee may
tender to the Company shares of Stock of the Company owned by him and having a
Fair Market Value as of the date of exercise, as determined by the committee,
equal to the Option price, or a combination of cash and shares. At the
discretion of the Committee, payment for any shares of Stock subject to this
Option may also be made by delivering a properly executed exercise notice to the
Company, together with a copy of irrevocable instructions to a broker (in a form
approved by the Committee) to deliver promptly to the Company an amount of sale
or loan proceeds sufficient to pay the Option price.

                  5.       Non-assignability.  This Option shall not be 
transferable, in whole or in part, other than by will or by the laws of descent
and distribution, and shall be exercisable during the Optionee's lifetime only
by the Optionee. Any attempted voluntary or involuntary transfer in violation of
this Section 5 shall be null and void.


                                       3
<PAGE>   15
                  6.       Stock Certificates.  The Company shall not be 
required to issue or deliver any certificates for shares of Stock purchased upon
the exercise of this Option prior to the fulfillment of the conditions described
in Article 7 of the Plan.

                  7.       Amendment.  This Option may not be changed or 
amended, without the consent of the Optionee, in any manner which would
adversely affect the rights of the Optionee hereunder.

                  8.       Conditions of Exercise.  The exercise of this Option
shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and in particular the
terms and conditions of Article 8 thereof.

                           Optionee acknowledges that the Company may in the 
future decide to engage in a public offering of its Stock pursuant to an
agreement between the Company and one or more underwriters. In the event of an
initial public offering of the Stock by the Company, Optionee agrees that the
Optionee will not, without the prior written consent of the Company, sell the
Stock covered by this Option at any time during the one hundred eighty (180) day
period commencing on the effective date of a registration statement registering
shares of the Stock under the Securities Act in connection with an initial
public offering, or within ninety (90) days of the effective date of a
registration statement in connection with any other public offering.

                  9.       Legends. The Company may endorse such legend or 
legends upon this Stock Option Agreement and upon the certificates for shares of
Stock issued upon exercise of this Option, and the Committee may issue such
"stop transfer" instructions to the Company's transfer agent in respect of such
Stock Option Agreement and/or shares, as appropriate to (i) prevent a violation
of, or to perfect an exemption from, the registration requirements of the
Securities Act or (ii) implement the provisions of any agreement between the
Company and the Optionee or grantee with respect to such Stock Option Agreement
and/or shares or (iii) permit the Company to determine the occurrence of a
disqualifying disposition, as described in Section 421(b) of the Code, of shares
transferred upon exercise of an Incentive Stock Option granted under the Plan.

                  10.      Sales or Transfers.

                           (a) In the event the Optionee proposes to sell, 
transfer or otherwise dispose of (a "Transfer"), whether voluntarily or
involuntarily, any of the Stock he has purchased hereunder to any person other
than the Company, including any Transfer in connection with separation of the
property of the Optionee and his/her spouse, the Optionee shall deliver a
Transfer Notice in the form specified in Section 10(b) hereof, to the Company
thirty (30) days prior to the date of the proposed Transfer. At any time prior
to the proposed Transfer, the 

                                       4
<PAGE>   16
Company may elect to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Stock subject
to the Transfer Notice by delivery to the Optionee of a written notice of such
election stating the number of shares it desires to purchase. Such purchase by
the Company shall take place ten (10) days after delivery of such notice to the
Optionee and shall be at a price per share as determined by Section 10(d) and,
at the option of the Company, in cash or on the terms specified in the Transfer
Notice. However, if the Company shall not elect to purchase all of the Stock
subject to the Transfer Notice within thirty (30) days after receipt of such
Transfer Notice, then the Optionee shall have the right to Transfer such shares
on the terms and in the manner set forth in the Transfer Notice. Such Transfer
must occur within ninety (90) days after the date of the Transfer Notice, or all
shares subject to the Transfer Notice shall again be subject to the provisions
of this Section 10(a).

                           (b) The Transfer Notice required under Section 10(a) 
hereof shall be a written notice describing in detail the proposed Transfer,
including the number of shares proposed to be Transferred, the price and terms
at which such shares are proposed to be Transferred, and the name and address of
the proposed transferee.

                           (c) The Company shall not be required (i) to Transfer
on its books any shares of Stock that shall have been sold or otherwise
Transferred in violation of any of the provisions set forth in this Agreement or
(ii) to treat as owner of such shares or to accord the right to vote as such
owner or to pay dividends to any Transferee to whom such shares shall have been
so Transferred.

                           (d) The price per share to be paid by the Company for
the Optionee's Stock purchased pursuant to Section 10(a) shall be equal to the
Fair Market Value per share of the Stock.

                  11.      Right to Repurchase. In the event the Optionee's
employment is terminated for any reason whatsoever, whether voluntarily or
involuntarily or by reason of death, disability or retirement, the Company shall
have the option, exercisable by written notice delivered to the Optionee within
one hundred twenty (120) days following the date of termination, to repurchase
all or any portion of the Stock acquired by Optionee hereunder. The price per
share to be paid by the Company for the Optionee's Stock repurchased pursuant to
this Section 11 shall be equal to the Fair Market Value per share of the Stock.
The purchase price shall be payment in cash within thirty (30) days following
the date of the notice by the Company of its intention to exercise its rights
under this Section 11.

                  12.      Termination of Repurchase Rights. The provisions of
Sections 10 and 11 of this Agreement shall remain in effect until 


                                       5
<PAGE>   17
(i) the effectiveness of a registration statement filed by the Company with the
Securities and Exchange Commission for a public offering of equity securities
which results in gross proceeds to the Company of at least Five Million Dollars
($5,000,000) and at least five hundred (500) shareholders or (ii) a
determination by the Company, in its sole and absolute discretion, that a
satisfactory public trading market exists for the Stock (each a "Termination
Date"). Until the Termination Date, upon any exercise of this Option, the
Secretary of the Company shall hold any certificate representing shares
purchased hereunder in escrow and, in the event of the exercise of the
repurchase option by the Company pursuant to Section 11 hereof, shall cause such
shares to be Transferred to the Company, on the date upon which the cash payment
therefor is mailed to Optionee.

                  13.      Construction.  This Option is granted with the intent
that it qualify as an Incentive Stock Option under Section 422 of the Code.
This Agreement shall be construed liberally to accomplish this intent.
        
                  14.      Applicable Law.  This Agreement shall be governed by,
and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware.

                  15.      Entire Agreement.  This Agreement and the Plan state
the entire agreement reached between the parties hereto with respect to the
subject matter contemplated hereby.

                  IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Agreement to
be executed by its proper officers and the Optionee has executed this Agreement,
in each case in duplicate, all as of the date and year first above written.

                                    "Company"

                                    SYNTHETIC INDUSTRIES, INC.

                                    By:
                                       ------------------------------------
                                        Its:
                                            -------------------------------
                                   "Optionee"


                                    ---------------------------------------

                                       6

<PAGE>   1

                                                                  EXHIBIT 10.28

                        [LOGO]     SYNTHETIC INDUSTRIES

                          INCENTIVE COMPENSATION PIAN

                             FISCAL YEAR 1994/1995



Administration:
         Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors.


Qualification to Participate:
         1.      Employment by participant throughout the fiscal year.
         2.      Operating Profit must be 80% of Plan.  If the planned profit
                 objective;

                 a)       is exceeded, then the bonus shall be raised by the
                          ratio that actual profits are to plan, except that a
                          maximum bonus shall not exceed 100% of base salary.

                 b)       fails to be reached, but is at least 80% achieved,
                          then the bonus shall be lowered by the ratio that
                          actual profit is to planned profit.  If profit falls
                          below 80%, no bonus is earned or payable.


Definition:
         Operating Profit for the 1995/96 Plan is [financial target]



Compensation Amount:
         For achieving Planned Operating Profit: [compensation amount]



lc/jbf

<PAGE>   1
                                                                  Exhibit 10.29

                          [LOGO]  SYNTHETIC INDUSTRIES

                          INCENTIVE COMPENSATION PLAN

                             FISCAL YEAR 1995/1996



Administration:
         Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors.


Qualification to Participate:
         1.      Employment by participant throughout the fiscal year.
         2.      Operating Profit must be 80% of Plan.  If the planned profit
                 objective;

                 a)       is exceeded, then the bonus shall be raised by the
                          ratio that actual profits are to plan, except that a
                          maximum bonus shall not exceed 100% of base salary.

                 b)       fails to be reached, but is at least 80% achieved,
                          then the bonus shall be lowered by the ratio that
                          actual profit is to planned profit.  If profit falls
                          below 80%, no bonus is earned or payable.


Definition:
         Operating Profit for the 1995/96 Plan is $[financial target]


Compensation Amount:
         For achieving Planned Operating Profit: $[compensation amount]


Lc/jbf

<PAGE>   1
                                                                    EXHIBIT 23.1





INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' CONSENT

We consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-1 of Synthetic 
Industries, Inc. of our report dated November 17, 1995 (July 31, 1996 as to
Notes 10.c and 15), appearing in the Prospectus, which is part of this 
Registration Statement.

We also consent to the reference to us under the headings "Selected
Consolidated Financial Data" and "Experts" in such Prospectus.



DELOITTE & TOUCHE L.L.P.
New York, New York


July 31, 1996






<TABLE> <S> <C>

<ARTICLE> 5
<MULTIPLIER> 1,000
       
<S>                             <C>                     <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   12-MOS                   9-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          SEP-30-1995             SEP-30-1996
<PERIOD-END>                               SEP-30-1995             JUN-30-1996
<CASH>                                             108                     165
<SECURITIES>                                         0                       0
<RECEIVABLES>                                   52,000                  54,859
<ALLOWANCES>                                     4,053                   4,050
<INVENTORY>                                     45,597                  37,668
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                               108,360                 103,454
<PP&E>                                         178,889                 209,171
<DEPRECIATION>                                  62,160                  71,934
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                 312,300                 325,532
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                           39,321                  36,654
<BONDS>                                        192,048                 204,145
<COMMON>                                             0                       0
                                0                       0
                                          0                       0
<OTHER-SE>                                      57,756                  60,508
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                   312,300                 325,532
<SALES>                                        271,427                 212,060
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                               271,427                 212,060
<CGS>                                          194,706                 151,221
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                  242,740                 188,448
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                                   737                     523
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                     0                       0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                              22,514                  17,253
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                  5,436                   5,836
<INCOME-TAX>                                     3,500                   3,050
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                              1,936                   2,786
<DISCONTINUED>                                       0                       0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                      0                       0
<CHANGES>                                            0                       0
<NET-INCOME>                                     1,936                   2,786
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                        0                       0
<EPS-DILUTED>                                        0                       0
        

</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission